Mercurial > repos > blastem
annotate nuklear_ui/blastem_nuklear.c @ 2529:a6687a6fb69d
Merge
author | Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 25 Nov 2024 22:30:32 -0800 |
parents | 90a40be940f7 |
children | 231305069cbb |
rev | line source |
---|---|
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1 #define NK_IMPLEMENTATION |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2 #define NK_SDL_GLES2_IMPLEMENTATION |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
3 #define NK_RAWFB_IMPLEMENTATION |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
4 #define RAWFB_RGBX_8888 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
5 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
6 #include <stdlib.h> |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
7 #include <limits.h> |
1827 | 8 #include <math.h> |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
9 #include "blastem_nuklear.h" |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
10 #include "nuklear_rawfb.h" |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
11 #include "font.h" |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
12 #include "filechooser.h" |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
13 #include "../render.h" |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
14 #include "../render_sdl.h" |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
15 #include "../util.h" |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
16 #include "../paths.h" |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
17 #include "../saves.h" |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
18 #include "../blastem.h" |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
19 #include "../config.h" |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
20 #include "../io.h" |
1569
0ec89dadb36d
Add code for loading PNG images. Added 360 controller image. WIP work on gamepad mapping UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1568
diff
changeset
|
21 #include "../png.h" |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
22 #include "../controller_info.h" |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
23 #include "../bindings.h" |
2376
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
24 #include "../mediaplayer.h" |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
25 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
26 static struct nk_context *context; |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
27 static struct rawfb_context *fb_context; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
28 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
29 typedef struct |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
30 { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
31 uint32_t *image_data; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
32 uint32_t width, height; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
33 struct nk_image ui; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
34 } ui_image; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
35 |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
36 static ui_image **ui_images, *controller_360, *controller_ps4, |
2020
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
37 *controller_ps4_6b, *controller_wiiu, *controller_gen_6b; |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
38 static uint32_t num_ui_images, ui_image_storage; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
39 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
40 typedef void (*view_fun)(struct nk_context *); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
41 static view_fun current_view; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
42 static view_fun *previous_views; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
43 static uint32_t view_storage; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
44 static uint32_t num_prev; |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
45 static struct nk_font *def_font; |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
46 static uint8_t config_dirty; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
47 |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
48 static void push_view(view_fun new_view) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
49 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
50 if (num_prev == view_storage) { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
51 view_storage = view_storage ? 2*view_storage : 2; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
52 previous_views = realloc(previous_views, view_storage*sizeof(view_fun)); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
53 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
54 previous_views[num_prev++] = current_view; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
55 current_view = new_view; |
1841
5d10b8494b02
WIP keyboard nav for Nuklear menus
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1831
diff
changeset
|
56 context->input.selected_widget = 0; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
57 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
58 |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
59 static void pop_view() |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
60 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
61 if (num_prev) { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
62 current_view = previous_views[--num_prev]; |
1841
5d10b8494b02
WIP keyboard nav for Nuklear menus
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1831
diff
changeset
|
63 context->input.selected_widget = 0; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
64 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
65 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
66 |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
67 static void clear_view_stack() |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
68 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
69 num_prev = 0; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
70 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
71 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
72 void view_play(struct nk_context *context) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
73 { |
2376
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
74 if (current_system && current_system->type == SYSTEM_MEDIA_PLAYER) { |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
75 media_player *player = (media_player *)current_system; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
76 if (nk_begin(context, "Media Player", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
77 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
78 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.25f, render_width() - 4 * context->style.font->height, 1); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
79 nk_label(context, current_media()->name, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
80 |
2376
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
81 uint32_t seconds = player->playback_time / 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
82 uint32_t minutes = seconds / 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
83 seconds %= 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
84 uint32_t hours = minutes / 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
85 minutes %= 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
86 char buffer[10]; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
87 sprintf(buffer, "%02d:%02d:%02d", hours, minutes, seconds); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
88 nk_label(context, buffer, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
89 |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
90 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.25f, desired_width, 1); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
91 if (nk_button_label(context, player->state == STATE_PLAY ? "Pause" : "Play")) { |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
92 uint8_t old_state = player->button_state[BUTTON_A]; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
93 player->button_state[BUTTON_A] = 0; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
94 current_system->gamepad_down(current_system, 1, BUTTON_A); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
95 player->button_state[BUTTON_A] = old_state; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
96 } |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
97 nk_end(context); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
98 } |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
99 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
100 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
101 |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
102 static char *browser_cur_path; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
103 static const char *browser_label; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
104 static const char *browser_setting_path; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
105 static const char **browser_ext_list; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
106 static uint32_t browser_num_exts; |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
107 static uint8_t use_native_filechooser; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
108 |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
109 static void handle_chooser_result(uint8_t normal_open, char *full_path) |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
110 { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
111 if(normal_open) { |
2401
34b4ff091891
Fix crash when loading a subsequent ROM after lock-on
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2392
diff
changeset
|
112 lockon_media(NULL); |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
113 if (current_system) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
114 current_system->next_rom = full_path; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
115 current_system->request_exit(current_system); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
116 } else { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
117 init_system_with_media(full_path, SYSTEM_UNKNOWN); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
118 } |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
119 |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
120 clear_view_stack(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
121 show_play_view(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
122 } else if (browser_setting_path) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
123 config = tern_insert_path(config, browser_setting_path, (tern_val){.ptrval = full_path}, TVAL_PTR); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
124 config_dirty = 1; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
125 browser_ext_list = NULL; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
126 pop_view(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
127 } else { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
128 lockon_media(full_path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
129 |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
130 clear_view_stack(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
131 show_play_view(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
132 } |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
133 } |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
134 |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
135 void view_file_browser(struct nk_context *context, uint8_t normal_open) |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
136 { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
137 static dir_entry *entries; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
138 static size_t num_entries; |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
139 static int32_t selected_entry = -1; |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
140 static const char **ext_list; |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
141 static uint32_t num_exts; |
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
142 static uint8_t got_ext_list; |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
143 if (!browser_cur_path) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
144 get_initial_browse_path(&browser_cur_path); |
1481
77a401044935
Fix directory navigation in ROM file chooser in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1478
diff
changeset
|
145 } |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
146 if (use_native_filechooser && native_filechooser_available()) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
147 char *path = native_filechooser_pick(browser_label, browser_cur_path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
148 if (path) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
149 free(browser_cur_path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
150 browser_cur_path = path_dirname(path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
151 handle_chooser_result(normal_open, path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
152 } else { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
153 browser_ext_list = NULL; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
154 pop_view(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
155 } |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
156 return; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
157 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
158 if (!entries) { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
159 entries = get_dir_list(browser_cur_path, &num_entries); |
1484
d82af64c94d2
Sort directory listing in Nuklear UI file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1483
diff
changeset
|
160 if (entries) { |
d82af64c94d2
Sort directory listing in Nuklear UI file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1483
diff
changeset
|
161 sort_dir_list(entries, num_entries); |
d82af64c94d2
Sort directory listing in Nuklear UI file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1483
diff
changeset
|
162 } |
2017
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
163 if (!num_entries) { |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
164 //get_dir_list can fail if the user doesn't have permission |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
165 //for the current folder, make sure they can still navigate up |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
166 free_dir_list(entries, num_entries); |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
167 entries = calloc(1, sizeof(dir_entry)); |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
168 entries[0].name = strdup(".."); |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
169 entries[0].is_dir = 1; |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
170 num_entries = 1; |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
171 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
172 } |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
173 if (!browser_ext_list) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
174 if (!got_ext_list) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
175 ext_list = (const char **)get_extension_list(config, &num_exts); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
176 got_ext_list = 1; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
177 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
178 browser_ext_list = ext_list; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
179 browser_num_exts = num_exts; |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
180 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
181 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
182 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
183 if (nk_begin(context, "Load ROM", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
184 nk_layout_row_static(context, height - context->style.font->height * 3, width - 60, 1); |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
185 int32_t old_selected = selected_entry; |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
186 const char *parts[] = {browser_label, ": ", browser_cur_path}; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
187 char *title = alloc_concat_m(3, parts); |
2016
2d8748e0ccb2
Show current path in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2015
diff
changeset
|
188 if (nk_group_begin(context, title, NK_WINDOW_BORDER | NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
189 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height - 2, width-100, 1); |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
190 for (int32_t i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
191 { |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
192 if (entries[i].name[0] == '.' && entries[i].name[1] != '.') { |
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
193 continue; |
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
194 } |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
195 if (browser_num_exts && !entries[i].is_dir && !path_matches_extensions(entries[i].name, browser_ext_list, browser_num_exts)) { |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
196 continue; |
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
197 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
198 int selected = i == selected_entry; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
199 nk_selectable_label(context, entries[i].name, NK_TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT, &selected); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
200 if (selected) { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
201 selected_entry = i; |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
202 } else if (i == selected_entry) { |
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
203 selected_entry = -1; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
204 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
205 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
206 nk_group_end(context); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
207 } |
2016
2d8748e0ccb2
Show current path in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2015
diff
changeset
|
208 free(title); |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
209 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.75, width > 600 ? 300 : width / 2, 2); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
210 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
211 browser_ext_list = NULL; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
212 pop_view(); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
213 } |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
214 if (nk_button_label(context, "Open") || (old_selected >= 0 && selected_entry < 0)) { |
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
215 if (selected_entry < 0) { |
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
216 selected_entry = old_selected; |
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
217 } |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
218 char *full_path = path_append(browser_cur_path, entries[selected_entry].name); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
219 if (entries[selected_entry].is_dir) { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
220 free(browser_cur_path); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
221 browser_cur_path = full_path; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
222 free_dir_list(entries, num_entries); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
223 entries = NULL; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
224 } else { |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
225 handle_chooser_result(normal_open, full_path); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
226 } |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
227 selected_entry = -1; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
228 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
229 nk_end(context); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
230 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
231 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
232 |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
233 void view_load(struct nk_context *context) |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
234 { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
235 browser_label = "Select ROM"; |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
236 view_file_browser(context, 1); |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
237 } |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
238 |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
239 void view_lock_on(struct nk_context *context) |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
240 { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
241 browser_label = "Select ROM"; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
242 view_file_browser(context, 0); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
243 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
244 |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
245 void view_file_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
246 { |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
247 view_file_browser(context, 0); |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
248 } |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
249 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
250 void view_about(struct nk_context *context) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
251 { |
1526 | 252 const char *lines[] = { |
1815
7f4fac75b484
Update version number for nightly builds
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1814
diff
changeset
|
253 "BlastEm v0.6.3-pre", |
1812
8aeac7bd9fa7
Update version number, special thanks, CHANGELOG and README in preparation for possible 0.6.2 release
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1811
diff
changeset
|
254 "Copyright 2012-2019 Michael Pavone", |
1526 | 255 "", |
256 "BlastEm is a high performance open source", | |
257 "(GPLv3) Genesis/Megadrive emulator", | |
258 }; | |
259 const uint32_t NUM_LINES = sizeof(lines)/sizeof(*lines); | |
260 const char *thanks[] = { | |
1661 | 261 "Nemesis: Documentation and test ROMs", |
1526 | 262 "Charles MacDonald: Documentation", |
263 "Eke-Eke: Documentation", | |
1812
8aeac7bd9fa7
Update version number, special thanks, CHANGELOG and README in preparation for possible 0.6.2 release
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1811
diff
changeset
|
264 "Sauraen: YM2612/YM2203 Die Analysis", |
8aeac7bd9fa7
Update version number, special thanks, CHANGELOG and README in preparation for possible 0.6.2 release
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1811
diff
changeset
|
265 "Alexey Khokholov: YM3438 Die Analysis", |
1526 | 266 "Bart Trzynadlowski: Documentation", |
267 "KanedaFR: Hosting the best Sega forum", | |
268 "Titan: Awesome demos and documentation", | |
1661 | 269 "flamewing: BCD info and test ROM", |
270 "r57shell: Opcode size test ROM", | |
1526 | 271 "micky: Testing", |
272 "Sasha: Testing", | |
273 "lol-frank: Testing", | |
274 "Sik: Testing", | |
275 "Tim Lawrence : Testing", | |
276 "ComradeOj: Testing", | |
277 "Vladikcomper: Testing" | |
278 }; | |
279 const uint32_t NUM_THANKS = sizeof(thanks)/sizeof(*thanks); | |
280 uint32_t width = render_width(); | |
281 uint32_t height = render_height(); | |
282 if (nk_begin(context, "About", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { | |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
283 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, width-40, 1); |
1526 | 284 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < NUM_LINES; i++) |
285 { | |
286 nk_label(context, lines[i], NK_TEXT_LEFT); | |
287 } | |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
288 nk_layout_row_static(context, height - (context->style.font->height * 2 + 20) - (context->style.font->height +4)*NUM_LINES, width-40, 1); |
1526 | 289 if (nk_group_begin(context, "Special Thanks", NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
290 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, width - 80, 1); |
1526 | 291 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < NUM_THANKS; i++) |
292 { | |
293 nk_label(context, thanks[i], NK_TEXT_LEFT); | |
294 } | |
295 nk_group_end(context); | |
296 } | |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
297 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.75, width/3, 1); |
1526 | 298 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
299 pop_view(); | |
300 } | |
301 nk_end(context); | |
302 } | |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
303 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
304 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
305 typedef struct { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
306 const char *title; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
307 view_fun next_view; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
308 } menu_item; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
309 |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
310 static save_slot_info *slots; |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
311 static uint32_t num_slots, selected_slot; |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
312 |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
313 void view_choose_state(struct nk_context *context, uint8_t is_load) |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
314 { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
315 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
316 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
317 if (nk_begin(context, "Slot Picker", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
318 nk_layout_row_static(context, height - context->style.font->height * 3, width - 60, 1); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
319 if (nk_group_begin(context, "Select Save Slot", NK_WINDOW_BORDER | NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
320 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height - 2, width-100, 1); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
321 if (!slots) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
322 slots = get_slot_info(current_system, &num_slots); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
323 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
324 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_slots; i++) |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
325 { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
326 int selected = i == selected_slot; |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
327 nk_selectable_label(context, slots[i].desc, NK_TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT, &selected); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
328 if (selected && (slots[i].modification_time || !is_load)) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
329 selected_slot = i; |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
330 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
331 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
332 nk_group_end(context); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
333 } |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
334 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.75, width > 600 ? 300 : width / 2, 2); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
335 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
336 pop_view(); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
337 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
338 if (is_load) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
339 if (nk_button_label(context, "Load")) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
340 current_system->load_state(current_system, selected_slot); |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
341 show_play_view(); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
342 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
343 } else { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
344 if (nk_button_label(context, "Save")) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
345 current_system->save_state = selected_slot + 1; |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
346 show_play_view(); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
347 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
348 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
349 nk_end(context); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
350 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
351 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
352 |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
353 void view_save_state(struct nk_context *context) |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
354 { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
355 view_choose_state(context, 0); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
356 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
357 |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
358 void view_load_state(struct nk_context *context) |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
359 { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
360 view_choose_state(context, 1); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
361 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
362 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
363 typedef void (*menu_handler)(uint32_t index); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
364 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
365 static void menu(struct nk_context *context, uint32_t num_entries, const menu_item *items, menu_handler handler) |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
366 { |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
367 const uint32_t button_height = context->style.font->height * 1.75; |
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
368 const uint32_t ideal_button_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
369 const uint32_t button_space = 6; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
370 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
371 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
372 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
373 uint32_t top = height/2 - (button_height * num_entries)/2; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
374 uint32_t button_width = width > ideal_button_width ? ideal_button_width : width; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
375 uint32_t left = width/2 - button_width/2; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
376 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
377 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, top + button_height * num_entries, num_entries); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
378 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
379 { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
380 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(left, top + i * button_height, button_width, button_height-button_space)); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
381 if (nk_button_label(context, items[i].title)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
382 if (items[i].next_view) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
383 push_view(items[i].next_view); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
384 if (current_view == view_save_state || current_view == view_load_state) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
385 free_slot_info(slots); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
386 slots = NULL; |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
387 } else if (current_view == view_play) { |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
388 clear_view_stack(); |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
389 set_content_binding_state(1); |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
390 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
391 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
392 handler(i); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
393 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
394 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
395 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
396 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
397 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
398 |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
399 void binding_loop(char *key, tern_val val, uint8_t valtype, void *data) |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
400 { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
401 if (valtype != TVAL_PTR) { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
402 return; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
403 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
404 tern_node **binding_lookup = data; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
405 *binding_lookup = tern_insert_ptr(*binding_lookup, val.ptrval, strdup(key)); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
406 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
407 |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
408 static int32_t keycode; |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
409 static const char *set_binding; |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
410 static uint8_t bind_click_release, click; |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
411 char *set_label; |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
412 void binding_group(struct nk_context *context, char *name, const char **binds, const char **bind_names, uint32_t num_binds, tern_node *binding_lookup) |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
413 { |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
414 nk_layout_row_static(context, (context->style.font->height + 4)*num_binds+context->style.font->height+30, render_width() - 80, 1); |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
415 if (nk_group_begin(context, name, NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
416 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, render_width()/2 - 80, 2); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
417 |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
418 for (int i = 0; i < num_binds; i++) |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
419 { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
420 char *label_alloc = bind_names ? NULL : path_extension(binds[i]); |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
421 const char *label = label_alloc; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
422 if (!label) { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
423 label = bind_names ? bind_names[i] : binds[i]; |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
424 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
425 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
426 if (nk_button_label(context, tern_find_ptr_default(binding_lookup, binds[i], "Not Set"))) { |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
427 set_binding = binds[i]; |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
428 set_label = strdup(label); |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
429 bind_click_release = 0; |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
430 keycode = 0; |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
431 } |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
432 if (label_alloc) { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
433 free(label_alloc); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
434 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
435 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
436 nk_group_end(context); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
437 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
438 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
439 |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
440 static char *get_key_name(int32_t keycode) |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
441 { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
442 char *name = NULL; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
443 if (keycode > ' ' && keycode < 0x80) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
444 //key corresponds to a printable non-whitespace character |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
445 name = malloc(2); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
446 name[0] = keycode; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
447 name[1] = 0; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
448 } else { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
449 switch (keycode) |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
450 { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
451 case RENDERKEY_UP: name = "up"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
452 case RENDERKEY_DOWN: name = "down"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
453 case RENDERKEY_LEFT: name = "left"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
454 case RENDERKEY_RIGHT: name = "right"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
455 case '\r': name = "enter"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
456 case ' ': name = "space"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
457 case '\t': name = "tab"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
458 case '\b': name = "backspace"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
459 case RENDERKEY_ESC: name = "esc"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
460 case RENDERKEY_DEL: name = "delete"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
461 case RENDERKEY_LSHIFT: name = "lshift"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
462 case RENDERKEY_RSHIFT: name = "rshift"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
463 case RENDERKEY_LCTRL: name = "lctrl"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
464 case RENDERKEY_RCTRL: name = "rctrl"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
465 case RENDERKEY_LALT: name = "lalt"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
466 case RENDERKEY_RALT: name = "ralt"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
467 case RENDERKEY_HOME: name = "home"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
468 case RENDERKEY_END: name = "end"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
469 case RENDERKEY_PAGEUP: name = "pageup"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
470 case RENDERKEY_PAGEDOWN: name = "pagedown"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
471 case RENDERKEY_F1: name = "f1"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
472 case RENDERKEY_F2: name = "f2"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
473 case RENDERKEY_F3: name = "f3"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
474 case RENDERKEY_F4: name = "f4"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
475 case RENDERKEY_F5: name = "f5"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
476 case RENDERKEY_F6: name = "f6"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
477 case RENDERKEY_F7: name = "f7"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
478 case RENDERKEY_F8: name = "f8"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
479 case RENDERKEY_F9: name = "f9"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
480 case RENDERKEY_F10: name = "f10"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
481 case RENDERKEY_F11: name = "f11"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
482 case RENDERKEY_F12: name = "f12"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
483 case RENDERKEY_SELECT: name = "select"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
484 case RENDERKEY_PLAY: name = "play"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
485 case RENDERKEY_SEARCH: name = "search"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
486 case RENDERKEY_BACK: name = "back"; break; |
1549
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
487 case RENDERKEY_NP0: name = "np0"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
488 case RENDERKEY_NP1: name = "np1"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
489 case RENDERKEY_NP2: name = "np2"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
490 case RENDERKEY_NP3: name = "np3"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
491 case RENDERKEY_NP4: name = "np4"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
492 case RENDERKEY_NP5: name = "np5"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
493 case RENDERKEY_NP6: name = "np6"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
494 case RENDERKEY_NP7: name = "np7"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
495 case RENDERKEY_NP8: name = "np8"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
496 case RENDERKEY_NP9: name = "np9"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
497 case RENDERKEY_NP_DIV: name = "np/"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
498 case RENDERKEY_NP_MUL: name = "np*"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
499 case RENDERKEY_NP_MIN: name = "np-"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
500 case RENDERKEY_NP_PLUS: name = "np+"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
501 case RENDERKEY_NP_ENTER: name = "npenter"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
502 case RENDERKEY_NP_STOP: name = "np."; break; |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
503 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
504 if (name) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
505 name = strdup(name); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
506 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
507 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
508 return name; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
509 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
510 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
511 void view_key_bindings(struct nk_context *context) |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
512 { |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
513 static const char *controller1_binds[] = { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
514 "gamepads.1.up", "gamepads.1.down", "gamepads.1.left", "gamepads.1.right", |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
515 "gamepads.1.a", "gamepads.1.b", "gamepads.1.c", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
516 "gamepads.1.x", "gamepads.1.y", "gamepads.1.z", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
517 "gamepads.1.start", "gamepads.1.mode" |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
518 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
519 static const char *controller2_binds[] = { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
520 "gamepads.2.up", "gamepads.2.down", "gamepads.2.left", "gamepads.2.right", |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
521 "gamepads.2.a", "gamepads.2.b", "gamepads.2.c", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
522 "gamepads.2.x", "gamepads.2.y", "gamepads.2.z", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
523 "gamepads.2.start", "gamepads.2.mode" |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
524 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
525 static const char *general_binds[] = { |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
526 "ui.menu", "ui.save_state", "ui.load_state", "ui.toggle_fullscreen", "ui.soft_reset", "ui.reload", |
2528
90a40be940f7
Implement read-only SC-3000 cassette support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2484
diff
changeset
|
527 "ui.screenshot", "ui.vgm_log", "ui.sms_pause", "ui.toggle_keyboard_captured", "ui.release_mouse", "ui.exit", |
90a40be940f7
Implement read-only SC-3000 cassette support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2484
diff
changeset
|
528 "cassette.play", "cassette.stop", "cassette.rewind" |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
529 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
530 static const char *general_names[] = { |
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
531 "Show Menu", "Quick Save", "Quick Load", "Toggle Fullscreen", "Soft Reset", "Reload Media", |
2528
90a40be940f7
Implement read-only SC-3000 cassette support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2484
diff
changeset
|
532 "Internal Screenshot", "Toggle VGM Log", "SMS Pause", "Capture Keyboard", "Release Mouse", "Exit", |
90a40be940f7
Implement read-only SC-3000 cassette support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2484
diff
changeset
|
533 "Cassette Play", "Cassette Stop", "Cassette Rewind" |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
534 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
535 static const char *speed_binds[] = { |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
536 "ui.next_speed", "ui.prev_speed", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
537 "ui.set_speed.0", "ui.set_speed.1", "ui.set_speed.2" ,"ui.set_speed.3", "ui.set_speed.4", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
538 "ui.set_speed.5", "ui.set_speed.6", "ui.set_speed.7" ,"ui.set_speed.8", "ui.set_speed.9", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
539 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
540 static const char *speed_names[] = { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
541 "Next", "Previous", |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
542 "Default Speed", "Set Speed 1", "Set Speed 2", "Set Speed 3", "Set Speed 4", |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
543 "Set Speed 5", "Set Speed 6", "Set Speed 7", "Set Speed 8", "Set Speed 9" |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
544 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
545 static const char *debug_binds[] = { |
1660
c6cc2dae262f
Updated binding UI to reflect new VDP debug options
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1658
diff
changeset
|
546 "ui.enter_debugger", "ui.plane_debug", "ui.vram_debug", "ui.cram_debug", |
c6cc2dae262f
Updated binding UI to reflect new VDP debug options
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1658
diff
changeset
|
547 "ui.compositing_debug", "ui.vdp_debug_mode" |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
548 }; |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
549 const char *debug_names[] = { |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
550 "CPU Debugger", "Plane Debugger", "VRAM Debugger", "CRAM Debugger", |
1660
c6cc2dae262f
Updated binding UI to reflect new VDP debug options
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1658
diff
changeset
|
551 "Layer Debugger", "Cycle Mode/Pal" |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
552 }; |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
553 const uint32_t NUM_C1_BINDS = sizeof(controller1_binds)/sizeof(*controller1_binds); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
554 const uint32_t NUM_C2_BINDS = sizeof(controller2_binds)/sizeof(*controller2_binds); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
555 const uint32_t NUM_SPEED_BINDS = sizeof(speed_binds)/sizeof(*speed_binds); |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
556 const uint32_t NUM_GEN_BINDS = sizeof(general_binds)/sizeof(*general_binds); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
557 const uint32_t NUM_DBG_BINDS = sizeof(debug_binds)/sizeof(*debug_binds); |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
558 static tern_node *binding_lookup; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
559 if (!binding_lookup) { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
560 tern_node *bindings = tern_find_path(config, "bindings\0keys\0", TVAL_NODE).ptrval; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
561 if (bindings) { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
562 tern_foreach(bindings, binding_loop, &binding_lookup); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
563 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
564 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
565 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
566 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
567 if (nk_begin(context, "Keyboard Bindings", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
568 binding_group(context, "Controller 1", controller1_binds, NULL, NUM_C1_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
569 binding_group(context, "Controller 2", controller2_binds, NULL, NUM_C2_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
570 binding_group(context, "General", general_binds, general_names, NUM_GEN_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
571 binding_group(context, "Speed Control", speed_binds, speed_names, NUM_SPEED_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
572 binding_group(context, "Debug", debug_binds, debug_names, NUM_DBG_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
573 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.1333, (render_width() - 80) / 2, 1); |
1545
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
574 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
575 pop_view(); |
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
576 } |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
577 nk_end(context); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
578 } |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
579 if (set_binding && nk_begin(context, "Set Binding", nk_rect(width/4, height/4, width/2/*width*3/4*/, height/2), NK_WINDOW_TITLE | NK_WINDOW_BORDER)) { |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
580 nk_layout_row_static(context, 30, width/2-30, 1); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
581 nk_label(context, "Press new key for", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
582 nk_label(context, set_label, NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
583 if (nk_button_label(context, "Cancel") && bind_click_release) { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
584 free(set_label); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
585 set_binding = set_label = NULL; |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
586 } else if (keycode) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
587 char *name = get_key_name(keycode); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
588 if (name) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
589 uint32_t prefix_len = strlen("bindings") + strlen("keys") + 2; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
590 char * old = tern_find_ptr(binding_lookup, set_binding); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
591 if (old) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
592 uint32_t suffix_len = strlen(old) + 1; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
593 char *old_path = malloc(prefix_len + suffix_len + 1); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
594 memcpy(old_path, "bindings\0keys\0", prefix_len); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
595 memcpy(old_path + prefix_len, old, suffix_len); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
596 old_path[prefix_len + suffix_len] = 0; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
597 tern_val old_val; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
598 if (tern_delete_path(&config, old_path, &old_val) == TVAL_PTR) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
599 free(old_val.ptrval); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
600 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
601 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
602 uint32_t suffix_len = strlen(name) + 1; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
603 char *path = malloc(prefix_len + suffix_len + 1); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
604 memcpy(path, "bindings\0keys\0", prefix_len); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
605 memcpy(path + prefix_len, name, suffix_len); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
606 path[prefix_len + suffix_len] = 0; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
607 |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
608 config_dirty = 1; |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
609 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(set_binding)}, TVAL_PTR); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
610 free(path); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
611 free(name); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
612 tern_free(binding_lookup); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
613 binding_lookup = NULL; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
614 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
615 free(set_label); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
616 set_binding = set_label = NULL; |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
617 } else if (!click) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
618 bind_click_release = 1; |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
619 } |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
620 nk_end(context); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
621 } |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
622 } |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
623 |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
624 static int selected_controller; |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
625 static controller_info selected_controller_info; |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
626 //#define MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH 140 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
627 #define MAX_BIND_BOX_WIDTH 350 |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
628 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
629 #define AXIS 0x40000000 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
630 #define STICKDIR 0x30000000 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
631 #define LEFTSTICK 0x10000000 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
632 #define RIGHTSTICK 0x20000000 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
633 enum { |
2310
b0ec82a59472
Fix analog stick directions being messed up in controller binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2308
diff
changeset
|
634 DOWN, UP,RIGHT,LEFT,NUM_AXIS_DIRS |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
635 }; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
636 |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
637 static char * config_ps_names[] = { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
638 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A] = "cross", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
639 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B] = "circle", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
640 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X] = "square", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
641 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y] = "triangle", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
642 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK] = "share", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
643 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START] = "options", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
644 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER] = "l1", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
645 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER] = "r1", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
646 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK] = "l3", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
647 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK] = "r3", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
648 }; |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
649 |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
650 typedef struct { |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
651 const char *button_binds[SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX]; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
652 const char *left_stick[NUM_AXIS_DIRS]; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
653 const char *right_stick[NUM_AXIS_DIRS]; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
654 const char *triggers[2]; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
655 } pad_bind_config; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
656 |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
657 static const char **current_bind_dest; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
658 |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
659 const char *translate_binding_option(const char *option) |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
660 { |
1625
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
661 static tern_node *conf_names; |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
662 if (!conf_names) { |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
663 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.up", "Pad Up"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
664 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.down", "Pad Down"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
665 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.left", "Pad Left"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
666 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.right", "Pad Right"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
667 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.a", "Pad A"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
668 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.b", "Pad B"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
669 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.c", "Pad C"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
670 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.x", "Pad X"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
671 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.y", "Pad Y"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
672 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.z", "Pad Z"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
673 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.start", "Pad Start"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
674 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.mode", "Pad Mode"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
675 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.release_mouse", "Release Mouse"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
676 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.vdp_debug_mode", "VDP Debug Mode"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
677 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.vdp_debug_pal", "VDP Debug Palette"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
678 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.enter_debugger", "Enter CPU Debugger"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
679 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.screenshot", "Take Screenshot"); |
1910
ee178f08611b
Expose vgm toggle keybind in settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1900
diff
changeset
|
680 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.vgm_log", "Toggle VGM Log"); |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
681 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.menu", "Show Menu"); |
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
682 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.exit", "Exit"); |
1625
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
683 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.save_state", "Quick Save"); |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
684 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.load_state", "Quick Load"); |
1625
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
685 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.0", "Set Speed 0"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
686 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.1", "Set Speed 1"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
687 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.2", "Set Speed 2"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
688 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.3", "Set Speed 3"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
689 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.4", "Set Speed 4"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
690 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.5", "Set Speed 5"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
691 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.6", "Set Speed 6"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
692 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.7", "Set Speed 7"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
693 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.8", "Set Speed 8"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
694 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.9", "Set Speed 9"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
695 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.next_speed", "Next Speed"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
696 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.prev_speed", "Prev. Speed"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
697 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.toggle_fullscreen", "Toggle Fullscreen"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
698 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.soft_reset", "Soft Reset"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
699 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.reload", "Reload ROM"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
700 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.sms_pause", "SMS Pause"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
701 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.toggle_keyboard_captured", "Toggle Keyboard Capture"); |
2528
90a40be940f7
Implement read-only SC-3000 cassette support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2484
diff
changeset
|
702 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "cassette.play", "Cassette Play"); |
90a40be940f7
Implement read-only SC-3000 cassette support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2484
diff
changeset
|
703 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "cassette.stop", "Cassette Stop"); |
90a40be940f7
Implement read-only SC-3000 cassette support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2484
diff
changeset
|
704 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "cassette.rewind", "Cassette Rewind"); |
1625
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
705 } |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
706 return tern_find_ptr_default(conf_names, option, (void *)option); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
707 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
708 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
709 static uint8_t controller_binding_changed; |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
710 static void bind_option_group(struct nk_context *context, char *name, const char **options, uint32_t num_options) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
711 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
712 float margin = context->style.font->height * 2; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
713 nk_layout_row_static(context, (context->style.font->height + 3) * ((num_options + 2) / 3) + context->style.font->height*2.1, render_width() - margin, 1); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
714 if (nk_group_begin(context, name, NK_WINDOW_TITLE|NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
715 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, (render_width() - margin - context->style.font->height) / 3, 3); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
716 for (int i = 0; i < num_options; i++) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
717 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
718 if (nk_button_label(context, translate_binding_option(options[i]))) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
719 *current_bind_dest = options[i]; |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
720 controller_binding_changed = 1; |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
721 pop_view(); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
722 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
723 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
724 nk_group_end(context); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
725 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
726 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
727 |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
728 static void view_button_binding(struct nk_context *context) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
729 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
730 static const char *pad_opts[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
731 "gamepads.n.up", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
732 "gamepads.n.down", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
733 "gamepads.n.left", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
734 "gamepads.n.right", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
735 "gamepads.n.a", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
736 "gamepads.n.b", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
737 "gamepads.n.c", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
738 "gamepads.n.x", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
739 "gamepads.n.y", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
740 "gamepads.n.z", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
741 "gamepads.n.start", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
742 "gamepads.n.mode" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
743 }; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
744 static const char *system_buttons[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
745 "ui.soft_reset", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
746 "ui.reload", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
747 "ui.sms_pause" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
748 }; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
749 static const char *emu_control[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
750 "ui.save_state", |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
751 "ui.load_state", |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
752 "ui.menu", |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
753 "ui.toggle_fullscreen", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
754 "ui.screenshot", |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
755 "ui.exit", |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
756 "ui.release_mouse", |
2528
90a40be940f7
Implement read-only SC-3000 cassette support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2484
diff
changeset
|
757 "ui.toggle_keyboard_captured", |
90a40be940f7
Implement read-only SC-3000 cassette support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2484
diff
changeset
|
758 "cassette.play", |
90a40be940f7
Implement read-only SC-3000 cassette support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2484
diff
changeset
|
759 "cassette.stop", |
90a40be940f7
Implement read-only SC-3000 cassette support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2484
diff
changeset
|
760 "cassette.rewind", |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
761 }; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
762 static const char *debugger[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
763 "ui.vdp_debug_mode", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
764 "ui.vdp_debug_pal", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
765 "ui.enter_debugger" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
766 }; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
767 static const char *speeds[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
768 "ui.next_speed", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
769 "ui.prev_speed", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
770 "ui.set_speed.0", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
771 "ui.set_speed.1", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
772 "ui.set_speed.2", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
773 "ui.set_speed.3", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
774 "ui.set_speed.4", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
775 "ui.set_speed.5", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
776 "ui.set_speed.6", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
777 "ui.set_speed.7", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
778 "ui.set_speed.8", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
779 "ui.set_speed.9" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
780 }; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
781 |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
782 if (nk_begin(context, "Button Binding", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
783 bind_option_group(context, "Controller Buttons", pad_opts, sizeof(pad_opts)/sizeof(*pad_opts)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
784 bind_option_group(context, "System Buttons", system_buttons, sizeof(system_buttons)/sizeof(*system_buttons)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
785 bind_option_group(context, "Emulator Control", emu_control, sizeof(emu_control)/sizeof(*emu_control)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
786 bind_option_group(context, "Debugging", debugger, sizeof(debugger)/sizeof(*debugger)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
787 bind_option_group(context, "Speed Control", speeds, sizeof(speeds)/sizeof(*speeds)); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
788 |
2311
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
789 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, (render_width() - 80)/4, 2); |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
790 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
791 pop_view(); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
792 } |
2311
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
793 if (nk_button_label(context, "Clear")) { |
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
794 *current_bind_dest = NULL; |
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
795 controller_binding_changed = 1; |
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
796 pop_view(); |
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
797 } |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
798 nk_end(context); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
799 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
800 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
801 |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
802 static void binding_box(struct nk_context *context, pad_bind_config *bindings, char *name, float x, float y, float width, int num_binds, int *binds) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
803 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
804 const struct nk_user_font *font = context->style.font; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
805 float row_height = font->height * 2; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
806 |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
807 char const **labels = calloc(sizeof(char *), num_binds); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
808 char const ***conf_vals = calloc(sizeof(char *), num_binds); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
809 float max_width = 0.0f; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
810 |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
811 int skipped = 0; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
812 for (int i = 0; i < num_binds; i++) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
813 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
814 if (binds[i] & AXIS) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
815 labels[i] = get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, binds[i] & ~AXIS); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
816 conf_vals[i] = &bindings->triggers[(binds[i] & ~AXIS) - SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
817 } else if (binds[i] & STICKDIR) { |
2311
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
818 static char const * dirs[] = {"Down", "Up", "Right", "Left"}; |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
819 labels[i] = dirs[binds[i] & 3]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
820 conf_vals[i] = &(binds[i] & LEFTSTICK ? bindings->left_stick : bindings->right_stick)[binds[i] & 3]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
821 } else { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
822 labels[i] = get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, binds[i]); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
823 conf_vals[i] = &bindings->button_binds[binds[i]]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
824 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
825 if (!labels[i]) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
826 skipped++; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
827 continue; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
828 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
829 float lb_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, labels[i], strlen(labels[i])); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
830 max_width = max_width < lb_width ? lb_width : max_width; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
831 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
832 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(x, y, width, (num_binds - skipped) * (row_height + 4) + 4)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
833 nk_group_begin(context, name, NK_WINDOW_BORDER | NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
834 |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
835 float widths[] = {max_width + 3, width - (max_width + 6)}; |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
836 nk_layout_row(context, NK_STATIC, row_height, 2, widths); |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
837 for (int i = 0; i < num_binds; i++) |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
838 { |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
839 if (!labels[i]) { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
840 continue; |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
841 } |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
842 nk_label(context, labels[i], NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
843 const char *name = *conf_vals[i] ? translate_binding_option(*conf_vals[i]) : "None"; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
844 if (nk_button_label(context, name)) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
845 current_bind_dest = conf_vals[i]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
846 push_view(view_button_binding); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
847 } |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
848 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
849 free(labels); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
850 free(conf_vals); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
851 nk_group_end(context); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
852 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
853 |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
854 static void button_iter(char *key, tern_val val, uint8_t valtype, void *data) |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
855 { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
856 pad_bind_config *bindings = data; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
857 if (valtype != TVAL_PTR) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
858 return; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
859 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
860 int button = render_lookup_button(key); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
861 if (button != SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_INVALID) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
862 bindings->button_binds[button] = val.ptrval; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
863 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
864 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
865 |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
866 static void axis_iter(char *key, tern_val val, uint8_t valtype, void *data) |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
867 { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
868 pad_bind_config *bindings = data; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
869 if (valtype != TVAL_PTR) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
870 return; |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
871 } |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
872 int axis; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
873 uint8_t is_negative = 0; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
874 char *period = strchr(key, '.'); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
875 if (period) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
876 char *tmp = malloc(period-key + 1); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
877 memcpy(tmp, key, period-key); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
878 tmp[period-key] = 0; |
1624
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
879 axis = render_lookup_axis(tmp); |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
880 free(tmp); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
881 is_negative = strcmp(period+1, "negative") == 0; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
882 } else { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
883 axis = render_lookup_axis(key); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
884 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
885 switch (axis) |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
886 { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
887 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX: |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
888 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY: |
2311
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
889 bindings->left_stick[(SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY - axis) * 2 + is_negative] = val.ptrval; |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
890 break; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
891 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX: |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
892 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY: |
2313
ef5dc4d02d27
Fix goof in right analog stick mapping UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2312
diff
changeset
|
893 bindings->right_stick[(SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY - axis) * 2 + is_negative] = val.ptrval; |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
894 break; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
895 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT: |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
896 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT: |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
897 bindings->triggers[axis-SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT] = val.ptrval; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
898 break; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
899 } |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
900 } |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
901 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
902 enum { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
903 SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
904 IDENTICAL_CONTROLLERS, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
905 BY_INDEX, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
906 DEFAULT, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
907 NUM_DEST_TYPES |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
908 }; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
909 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
910 //it would be cleaner to generate this algorithmically for 4th and up, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
911 //but BlastEm only supports 8 controllers currently so it's not worth the effort |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
912 static const char *by_index_names[] = { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
913 "Use for 1st controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
914 "Use for 2nd controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
915 "Use for 3rd controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
916 "Use for 4th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
917 "Use for 5th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
918 "Use for 6th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
919 "Use for 7th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
920 "Use for 8th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
921 }; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
922 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
923 static void save_stick_binds(char *axes_key, size_t axes_key_size, const char **bindings, char *prefix) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
924 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
925 for (int i = 0; i < NUM_AXIS_DIRS; i++) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
926 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
927 char axis = (i / 2) ? 'x' : 'y'; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
928 char *suffix = (i % 2) ? ".negative" : ".positive"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
929 size_t prefix_len = strlen(prefix), suffix_len = strlen(suffix); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
930 size_t full_key_size = axes_key_size + prefix_len + 1 + suffix_len + 2; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
931 char *full_key = malloc(full_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
932 memcpy(full_key, axes_key, axes_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
933 memcpy(full_key + axes_key_size, prefix, prefix_len); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
934 full_key[axes_key_size+prefix_len] = axis; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
935 memcpy(full_key + axes_key_size + prefix_len + 1, suffix, suffix_len +1); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
936 full_key[axes_key_size + prefix_len + 1 + suffix_len + 1] = 0; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
937 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
938 if (bindings[i]) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
939 tern_insert_path(config, full_key, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(bindings[i])}, TVAL_PTR); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
940 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
941 tern_val prev_val; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
942 uint8_t prev_type = tern_delete_path(&config, full_key, &prev_val); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
943 if (prev_type == TVAL_PTR) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
944 free(prev_val.ptrval); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
945 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
946 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
947 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
948 free(full_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
949 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
950 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
951 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
952 static pad_bind_config *bindings; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
953 static void handle_dest_clicked(uint32_t dest) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
954 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
955 char key_buf[12]; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
956 char *key; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
957 switch (dest) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
958 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
959 case SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS: |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
960 key = make_controller_type_key(&selected_controller_info); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
961 break; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
962 case IDENTICAL_CONTROLLERS: |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
963 key = render_joystick_type_id(selected_controller); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
964 break; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
965 case BY_INDEX: |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
966 snprintf(key_buf, sizeof(key_buf), "%d", selected_controller); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
967 key = key_buf; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
968 break; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
969 default: |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
970 key = "default"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
971 break; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
972 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
973 static const char base_path[] = "bindings\0pads"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
974 size_t pad_key_size = sizeof(base_path) + strlen(key) + 1; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
975 char *pad_key = malloc(pad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
976 memcpy(pad_key, base_path, sizeof(base_path)); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
977 strcpy(pad_key + sizeof(base_path), key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
978 static const char dpad_base[] = "dpads\0""0"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
979 size_t dpad_key_size = pad_key_size + sizeof(dpad_base); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
980 char *dpad_key = malloc(dpad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
981 memcpy(dpad_key, pad_key, pad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
982 memcpy(dpad_key + pad_key_size, dpad_base, sizeof(dpad_base)); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
983 static const char button_base[] = "buttons"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
984 size_t button_key_size = pad_key_size + sizeof(button_base); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
985 char *button_key = malloc(button_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
986 memcpy(button_key, pad_key, pad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
987 memcpy(button_key + pad_key_size, button_base, sizeof(button_base)); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
988 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
989 char *final_key; |
2307
a8080240cb92
Fix silly bug I introduced when trying to fix the problem from the SDL2 upgrade
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2306
diff
changeset
|
990 for (int i = 0; i < SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX; i++) |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
991 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
992 char *base; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
993 const char *suffix; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
994 size_t base_key_len; |
2299
a1c9edf44c7e
Fix a place I missed a problem from the SDL2 upgrade
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
995 if ( i < SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP || i > SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
996 suffix = SDL_GameControllerGetStringForButton(i); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
997 base_key_len = button_key_size; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
998 base = button_key; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
999 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1000 static const char *dir_keys[] = {"up", "down", "left", "right"}; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1001 suffix = dir_keys[i - SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP]; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1002 base = dpad_key; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1003 base_key_len = dpad_key_size; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1004 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1005 size_t suffix_len = strlen(suffix); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1006 final_key = malloc(base_key_len + suffix_len + 2); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1007 memcpy(final_key, base, base_key_len); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1008 memcpy(final_key + base_key_len, suffix, suffix_len + 1); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1009 final_key[base_key_len + suffix_len + 1] = 0; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1010 if (bindings->button_binds[i]) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1011 tern_insert_path(config, final_key, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(bindings->button_binds[i])}, TVAL_PTR); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1012 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1013 tern_val prev_val; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1014 uint8_t prev_type = tern_delete_path(&config, final_key, &prev_val); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1015 if (prev_type == TVAL_PTR) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1016 free(prev_val.ptrval); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1017 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1018 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1019 free(final_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1020 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1021 free(button_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1022 free(dpad_key); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1023 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1024 static const char axes_base[] = "axes"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1025 size_t axes_key_size = pad_key_size + sizeof(axes_base); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1026 char *axes_key = malloc(axes_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1027 memcpy(axes_key, pad_key, pad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1028 memcpy(axes_key + pad_key_size, axes_base, sizeof(axes_base)); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1029 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1030 save_stick_binds(axes_key, axes_key_size,bindings->left_stick, "left"); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1031 save_stick_binds(axes_key, axes_key_size,bindings->right_stick, "right"); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1032 for (int i = SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT; i < SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_MAX; i++) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1033 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1034 const char *suffix = SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis(i); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1035 size_t suffix_len = strlen(suffix); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1036 final_key = malloc(axes_key_size + suffix_len + 2); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1037 memcpy(final_key, axes_key, axes_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1038 memcpy(final_key + axes_key_size, suffix, suffix_len + 1); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1039 final_key[axes_key_size + suffix_len + 1] = 0; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1040 if (bindings->triggers[i - SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT]) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1041 tern_insert_path(config, final_key, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(bindings->triggers[i - SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT])}, TVAL_PTR); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1042 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1043 tern_val prev_val; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1044 uint8_t prev_type = tern_delete_path(&config, final_key, &prev_val); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1045 if (prev_type == TVAL_PTR) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1046 free(prev_val.ptrval); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1047 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1048 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1049 free(final_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1050 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1051 free(axes_key); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1052 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1053 free(pad_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1054 if (dest == SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1055 free(key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1056 } |
2312
3f2ecd156453
Fix use after free when re-entering controller binding UI after saving bindings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
1057 free(bindings); |
3f2ecd156453
Fix use after free when re-entering controller binding UI after saving bindings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
1058 bindings = NULL; |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1059 pop_view(); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1060 config_dirty = 1; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1061 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1062 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1063 void view_select_binding_dest(struct nk_context *context) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1064 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1065 static menu_item options[NUM_DEST_TYPES]; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1066 options[IDENTICAL_CONTROLLERS].title = "Use for identical controllers"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1067 options[DEFAULT].title = "Use as default"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1068 options[BY_INDEX].title = by_index_names[selected_controller]; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1069 options[SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS].title = make_human_readable_type_name(&selected_controller_info); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1070 |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1071 if (nk_begin(context, "Select Binding Dest", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1072 menu(context, NUM_DEST_TYPES, options, handle_dest_clicked); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1073 nk_end(context); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1074 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1075 free((char *)options[SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS].title); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1076 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1077 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1078 static ui_image *select_best_image(controller_info *info) |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1079 { |
2020
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1080 if (info->variant != VARIANT_NORMAL || info->type == TYPE_SEGA) { |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1081 if (info->type == TYPE_PSX) { |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1082 return controller_ps4_6b; |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1083 } else { |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1084 return controller_gen_6b; |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1085 } |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1086 } else if (info->type == TYPE_PSX) { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1087 return controller_ps4; |
2003
4c418ee9a9d8
Added Wii U controller image
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1980
diff
changeset
|
1088 } else if (info->type == TYPE_NINTENDO) { |
4c418ee9a9d8
Added Wii U controller image
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1980
diff
changeset
|
1089 return controller_wiiu; |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1090 } else { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1091 return controller_360; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1092 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1093 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1094 |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1095 void view_controller_bindings(struct nk_context *context) |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
1096 { |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1097 if (nk_begin(context, "Controller Bindings", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1098 if (!bindings) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1099 bindings = calloc(1, sizeof(*bindings)); |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1100 tern_node *pad = get_binding_node_for_pad(selected_controller, &selected_controller_info); |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1101 if (pad) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1102 tern_foreach(tern_find_node(pad, "buttons"), button_iter, bindings); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1103 tern_foreach(tern_find_node(pad, "axes"), axis_iter, bindings); |
1624
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1104 tern_node *dpad = tern_find_path(pad, "dpads\0" "0\0", TVAL_NODE).ptrval; |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1105 const char *dir_keys[] = {"up", "down", "right", "left"}; |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1106 const int button_idx[] = {SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT}; |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1107 for (int i = 0; i < NUM_AXIS_DIRS; i++) |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1108 { |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1109 bindings->button_binds[button_idx[i]] = tern_find_ptr(dpad, dir_keys[i]); |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1110 } |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1111 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1112 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1113 |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1114 float orig_height = def_font->handle.height; |
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1115 def_font->handle.height *= 0.5f; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1116 |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1117 uint32_t avail_height = render_height() - 2 * orig_height; |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1118 float desired_width = render_width() * 0.5f, desired_height = avail_height * 0.5f; |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1119 ui_image *controller_image = select_best_image(&selected_controller_info); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1120 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1121 float controller_ratio = (float)controller_image->width / (float)controller_image->height; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1122 |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1123 const struct nk_user_font *font = context->style.font; |
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1124 int MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Right", strlen("Right")) |
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1125 + def_font->handle.width(font->userdata, font->height, "Internal Screenshot", strlen("Internal Screenshot")); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1126 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1127 if (render_width() - desired_width < 2.5f*MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1128 desired_width = render_width() - 2.5f*MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1129 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1130 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1131 if (desired_width / desired_height > controller_ratio) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1132 desired_width = desired_height * controller_ratio; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1133 } else { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1134 desired_height = desired_width / controller_ratio; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1135 } |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1136 float img_left = render_width() / 2.0f - desired_width / 2.0f; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1137 float img_top = avail_height / 2.0f - desired_height / 2.0f; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1138 float img_right = img_left + desired_width; |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1139 float img_bot = img_top + desired_height; |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1140 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, avail_height, INT_MAX); |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1141 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(img_left, img_top, desired_width, desired_height)); |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1142 nk_image(context, controller_image->ui); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1143 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1144 float bind_box_width = (render_width() - img_right) * 0.8f; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1145 if (bind_box_width < MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1146 bind_box_width = render_width() - img_right; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1147 if (bind_box_width > MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1148 bind_box_width = MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1149 } |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1150 } else if (bind_box_width > MAX_BIND_BOX_WIDTH) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1151 bind_box_width = MAX_BIND_BOX_WIDTH; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1152 } |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1153 float bind_box_left; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1154 if (bind_box_width >= (render_width() - img_right)) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1155 bind_box_left = img_right; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1156 } else { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1157 bind_box_left = img_right + (render_width() - img_right) / 2.0f - bind_box_width / 2.0f; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1158 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1159 |
1647
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1160 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1161 binding_box(context, bindings, "Action Buttons", bind_box_left, img_top, bind_box_width, 4, (int[]){ |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1162 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1163 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1164 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1165 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1166 }); |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1167 } else { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1168 binding_box(context, bindings, "Action Buttons", bind_box_left, img_top, bind_box_width, 6, (int[]){ |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1169 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1170 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1171 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT : SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1172 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1173 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1174 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER : SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1175 }); |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1176 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1177 |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1178 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) { |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1179 binding_box(context, bindings, "Right Shoulder", bind_box_left, font->height/2, bind_box_width, 2, (int[]){ |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1180 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER, |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1181 AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1182 }); |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1183 } else { |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1184 binding_box(context, bindings, "Right Shoulder", bind_box_left, font->height/2, bind_box_width, |
2219
ff700f50541c
Fix duplicated right trigger mapping button in bindings for 8-button Genesis style controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2202
diff
changeset
|
1185 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? 2 : 1, |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1186 (int[]){ |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1187 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER : AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT, |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1188 AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1189 }); |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1190 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1191 |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1192 binding_box(context, bindings, "Misc Buttons", (render_width() - bind_box_width) / 2, font->height/2, bind_box_width, 3, (int[]){ |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1193 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1194 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_GUIDE, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1195 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1196 }); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1197 |
1647
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1198 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1199 { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1200 binding_box(context, bindings, "Right Stick", img_right - desired_width/3, img_bot, bind_box_width, 5, (int[]){ |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1201 RIGHTSTICK | UP, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1202 RIGHTSTICK | DOWN, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1203 RIGHTSTICK | LEFT, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1204 RIGHTSTICK | RIGHT, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1205 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1206 }); |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1207 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1208 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1209 bind_box_left -= img_right; |
1647
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1210 float dpad_left, dpad_top; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1211 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1212 { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1213 binding_box(context, bindings, "Left Stick", bind_box_left, img_top, bind_box_width, 5, (int[]){ |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1214 LEFTSTICK | UP, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1215 LEFTSTICK | DOWN, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1216 LEFTSTICK | LEFT, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1217 LEFTSTICK | RIGHT, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1218 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1219 }); |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1220 dpad_left = img_left - desired_width/6; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1221 dpad_top = img_bot + font->height * 1.5; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1222 } else { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1223 dpad_left = bind_box_left; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1224 dpad_top = img_top; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1225 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1226 |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1227 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) { |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1228 binding_box(context, bindings, "Left Shoulder", bind_box_left, font->height/2, bind_box_width, 2, (int[]){ |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1229 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER, |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1230 AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1231 }); |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1232 } else { |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1233 binding_box(context, bindings, "Left Shoulder", bind_box_left, font->height/2, bind_box_width, |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1234 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_BUMPERS ? 1 : 2, |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1235 (int[]){ |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1236 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK : AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT, |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1237 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1238 }); |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1239 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1240 |
1647
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1241 binding_box(context, bindings, "D-pad", dpad_left, dpad_top, bind_box_width, 4, (int[]){ |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1242 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1243 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1244 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1245 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1246 }); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1247 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1248 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1249 |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1250 def_font->handle.height = orig_height; |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1251 nk_layout_row_static(context, orig_height + 4, (render_width() - 2*orig_height) / 4, 1); |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1252 if (nk_button_label(context, controller_binding_changed ? "Save" : "Back")) { |
1545
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
1253 pop_view(); |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1254 if (controller_binding_changed) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1255 push_view(view_select_binding_dest); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1256 } |
1545
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
1257 } |
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
1258 nk_end(context); |
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
1259 } |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
1260 } |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1261 |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1262 static int current_button; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1263 static int current_axis; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1264 static int button_pressed, last_button; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1265 static int hat_moved, hat_value, last_hat, last_hat_value; |
1804
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1266 static int axis_moved, axis_value, last_axis, last_axis_value; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1267 static char *mapping_string; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1268 static size_t mapping_pos; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1269 |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1270 static void start_mapping(void) |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1271 { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1272 const char *name; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1273 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = ','; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1274 if (current_button != SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX) { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1275 name = SDL_GameControllerGetStringForButton(current_button); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1276 } else { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1277 name = SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis(current_axis); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1278 } |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1279 size_t namesz = strlen(name); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1280 memcpy(mapping_string + mapping_pos, name, namesz); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1281 mapping_pos += namesz; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1282 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = ':'; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1283 } |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1284 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1285 static uint8_t initial_controller_config; |
1605
f7b1d983d5c0
Bump up pause between mapping inputs
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1604
diff
changeset
|
1286 #define QUIET_FRAMES 9 |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1287 static void view_controller_mappings(struct nk_context *context) |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1288 { |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1289 char buffer[512]; |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1290 static int quiet, button_a = -1, button_a_axis = -1; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1291 uint8_t added_mapping = 0; |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1292 if (nk_begin(context, "Controllers", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1293 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1294 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, render_height() - context->style.font->height, 3); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1295 |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1296 if (current_button < SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX) { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1297 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "Press Button %s", get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, current_button)); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1298 } else { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1299 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "Move Axis %s", get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, current_axis)); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1300 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1301 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1302 float height = context->style.font->height * 1.25; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1303 float top = render_height()/2 - 1.5 * height; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1304 float width = render_width() - context->style.font->height; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1305 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1306 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(0, top, width, height)); |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1307 nk_label(context, buffer, NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1308 if (current_button > SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1309 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(0, top + height, width, height)); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1310 nk_label(context, "OR", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1311 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1312 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(0, top + 2.0 * height, width, height)); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1313 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "Press Button %s to skip", get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A)); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1314 nk_label(context, buffer, NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1315 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1316 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1317 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1318 if (quiet) { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1319 --quiet; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1320 } else { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1321 if (button_pressed >= 0 && button_pressed != last_button) { |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1322 if (current_button <= SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B || button_pressed != button_a) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1323 start_mapping(); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1324 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = 'b'; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1325 if (button_pressed > 9) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1326 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + button_pressed / 10; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1327 } |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1328 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + button_pressed % 10; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1329 last_button = button_pressed; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1330 if (current_button == SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1331 button_a = button_pressed; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1332 } |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1333 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1334 added_mapping = 1; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1335 } else if (hat_moved >= 0 && hat_value && (hat_moved != last_hat || hat_value != last_hat_value)) { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1336 start_mapping(); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1337 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = 'h'; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1338 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + hat_moved; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1339 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '.'; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1340 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + hat_value; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1341 added_mapping = 1; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1342 |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1343 last_hat = hat_moved; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1344 last_hat_value = hat_value; |
2319
ab3d8759da08
Slightly more reasonable threshold value for axes during mapping. Still pretty broken though
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2317
diff
changeset
|
1345 } else if (axis_moved >= 0 && abs(axis_value) > 4000 && ( |
1804
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1346 axis_moved != last_axis || ( |
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1347 axis_value/abs(axis_value) != last_axis_value/abs(axis_value) && current_button >= SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP |
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1348 ) |
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1349 )) { |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1350 if (current_button <= SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B || axis_moved != button_a_axis) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1351 start_mapping(); |
2022
380bc5d4a2cf
Fix format of axis mapping strings for axes that map to a d-pad
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2020
diff
changeset
|
1352 if (current_button >= SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP) { |
380bc5d4a2cf
Fix format of axis mapping strings for axes that map to a d-pad
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2020
diff
changeset
|
1353 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = axis_value >= 0 ? '+' : '-'; |
380bc5d4a2cf
Fix format of axis mapping strings for axes that map to a d-pad
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2020
diff
changeset
|
1354 } |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1355 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = 'a'; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1356 if (axis_moved > 9) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1357 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + axis_moved / 10; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1358 } |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1359 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + axis_moved % 10; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1360 last_axis = axis_moved; |
1804
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1361 last_axis_value = axis_value; |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1362 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1363 added_mapping = 1; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1364 } |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1365 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1366 |
1806
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1367 while (added_mapping) { |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1368 quiet = QUIET_FRAMES; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1369 if (current_button < SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX) { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1370 current_button++; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1371 if (current_button == SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX) { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1372 current_axis = 0; |
1806
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1373 if (get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, current_axis)) { |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1374 added_mapping = 0; |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1375 } |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1376 } else if (get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, current_button)) { |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1377 added_mapping = 0; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1378 } |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1379 } else { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1380 current_axis++; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1381 if (current_axis == SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_MAX) { |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1382 button_a = -1; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1383 button_a_axis = -1; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1384 mapping_string[mapping_pos] = 0; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1385 save_controller_mapping(selected_controller, mapping_string); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1386 free(mapping_string); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1387 pop_view(); |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1388 if (initial_controller_config) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1389 push_view(view_controller_bindings); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1390 controller_binding_changed = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1391 } |
1806
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1392 added_mapping = 0; |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1393 } else if (get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, current_axis)) { |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1394 added_mapping = 0; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1395 } |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1396 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1397 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1398 button_pressed = -1; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1399 hat_moved = -1; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1400 axis_moved = -1; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1401 nk_end(context); |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1402 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1403 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1404 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1405 static void show_mapping_view(void) |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1406 { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1407 current_button = SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1408 button_pressed = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1409 last_button = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1410 last_hat = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1411 axis_moved = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1412 last_axis = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1413 last_axis_value = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1414 SDL_Joystick *joy = render_get_joystick(selected_controller); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1415 const char *name = SDL_JoystickName(joy); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1416 size_t namesz = strlen(name); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1417 mapping_string = malloc(512 + namesz); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1418 for (mapping_pos = 0; mapping_pos < namesz; mapping_pos++) |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1419 { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1420 char c = name[mapping_pos]; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1421 if (c == ',' || c == '\n' || c == '\r') { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1422 c = ' '; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1423 } |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1424 mapping_string[mapping_pos] = c; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1425 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1426 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1427 push_view(view_controller_mappings); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1428 } |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1429 |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1430 static void view_controller_variant(struct nk_context *context) |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1431 { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1432 uint8_t selected = 0; |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1433 if (nk_begin(context, "Controller Type", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1434 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height*1.25, render_width() - context->style.font->height * 2, 1); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1435 nk_label(context, "", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1436 nk_label(context, "Select the layout that", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1437 nk_label(context, "best matches your controller", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1438 nk_label(context, "", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
2015
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1439 if (selected_controller_info.subtype == SUBTYPE_GENESIS) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1440 if (nk_button_label(context, "3 button")) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1441 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_3BUTTON; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1442 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1443 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1444 if (nk_button_label(context, "Standard 6 button")) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1445 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_6B_BUMPERS; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1446 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1447 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1448 if (nk_button_label(context, "6 button with 2 shoulder buttons")) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1449 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_8BUTTON; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1450 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1451 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1452 } else { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1453 if (nk_button_label(context, "4 face buttons")) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1454 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_NORMAL; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1455 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1456 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1457 char buffer[512]; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1458 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "6 face buttons including %s and %s", |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1459 get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER), |
2015
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1460 get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT) |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1461 ); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1462 if (nk_button_label(context, buffer)) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1463 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_6B_RIGHT; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1464 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1465 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1466 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "6 face buttons including %s and %s", |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1467 get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER), |
2015
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1468 get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER) |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1469 ); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1470 if (nk_button_label(context, buffer)) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1471 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_6B_BUMPERS; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1472 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1473 } |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1474 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1475 nk_end(context); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1476 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1477 if (selected) { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1478 save_controller_info(selected_controller, &selected_controller_info); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1479 pop_view(); |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1480 if (initial_controller_config) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1481 SDL_GameController *controller = render_get_controller(selected_controller); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1482 if (controller) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1483 push_view(view_controller_bindings); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1484 controller_binding_changed = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1485 SDL_GameControllerClose(controller); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1486 } else { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1487 show_mapping_view(); |
1604
68b05322d971
Don't redundantly store controller GUID when saving a mapping. Remove illegal chars from controller name
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1602
diff
changeset
|
1488 } |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1489 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1490 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1491 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1492 |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1493 static void controller_type_group(struct nk_context *context, char *name, int type_id, int first_subtype_id, const char **types, uint32_t num_types) |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1494 { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1495 nk_layout_row_static(context, (context->style.font->height + 3) * num_types + context->style.font->height, render_width() - 80, 1); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1496 if (nk_group_begin(context, name, NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1497 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, render_width()/2 - 80, 2); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1498 for (int i = 0; i < num_types; i++) |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1499 { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1500 if (nk_button_label(context, types[i])) { |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1501 selected_controller_info.type = type_id; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1502 selected_controller_info.subtype = first_subtype_id + i; |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1503 pop_view(); |
2015
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1504 if (selected_controller_info.subtype == SUBTYPE_SATURN) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1505 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_6B_BUMPERS; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1506 save_controller_info(selected_controller, &selected_controller_info); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1507 if (initial_controller_config) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1508 SDL_GameController *controller = render_get_controller(selected_controller); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1509 if (controller) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1510 push_view(view_controller_bindings); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1511 controller_binding_changed = 0; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1512 SDL_GameControllerClose(controller); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1513 } else { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1514 show_mapping_view(); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1515 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1516 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1517 } else { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1518 push_view(view_controller_variant); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1519 } |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1520 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1521 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1522 nk_group_end(context); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1523 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1524 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1525 |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1526 void view_controller_type(struct nk_context *context) |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1527 { |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1528 if (nk_begin(context, "Controller Type", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1529 controller_type_group(context, "Xbox", TYPE_XBOX, SUBTYPE_XBOX, (const char *[]){ |
2220
dd9d43c67986
Add support for newer controller types. Fix crash caused by new controller button types introduced in 2.0.12 and support mapping them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2219
diff
changeset
|
1530 "Original", "Xbox 360", "Xbox One/Series", "Xbox Elite" |
dd9d43c67986
Add support for newer controller types. Fix crash caused by new controller button types introduced in 2.0.12 and support mapping them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2219
diff
changeset
|
1531 }, 4); |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1532 controller_type_group(context, "Playstation", TYPE_PSX, SUBTYPE_PS3, (const char *[]){ |
2220
dd9d43c67986
Add support for newer controller types. Fix crash caused by new controller button types introduced in 2.0.12 and support mapping them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2219
diff
changeset
|
1533 "PS3", "PS4", "PS5" |
dd9d43c67986
Add support for newer controller types. Fix crash caused by new controller button types introduced in 2.0.12 and support mapping them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2219
diff
changeset
|
1534 }, 3); |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1535 controller_type_group(context, "Sega", TYPE_SEGA, SUBTYPE_GENESIS, (const char *[]){ |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1536 "Genesis", "Saturn" |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1537 }, 2); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1538 controller_type_group(context, "Nintendo", TYPE_NINTENDO, SUBTYPE_WIIU, (const char *[]){ |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1539 "WiiU", "Switch" |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1540 }, 2); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1541 nk_end(context); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1542 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1543 } |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1544 static uint8_t stick_nav_disabled; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1545 static SDL_GameController *current_controller; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1546 static uint8_t deadzones_dirty; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1547 void stick_deadzone_widget(float left, float top, float size, SDL_GameControllerAxis x_axis) |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1548 { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1549 float crosshair_size = context->style.font->height; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1550 nk_stroke_rect(&context->current->buffer, nk_rect(left, top, size, size), context->style.window.rounding, context->style.window.border, nk_rgb(255, 255, 255)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1551 float deadzone_size = selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone * size / 65535.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1552 int16_t raw_x = SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(current_controller, x_axis); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1553 int16_t raw_y = SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(current_controller, x_axis + 1); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1554 if (raw_x > selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1555 float points[] = { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1556 left + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1557 left + size, top, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1558 left + size, top + size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1559 left + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1560 }; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1561 nk_fill_polygon(&context->current->buffer, points, sizeof(points)/(2 * sizeof(float)), context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1562 } else if (raw_x < -selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1563 float points[] = { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1564 left, top, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1565 left + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1566 left + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1567 left, top + size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1568 }; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1569 nk_fill_polygon(&context->current->buffer, points, sizeof(points)/(2 * sizeof(float)), context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1570 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1571 if (raw_y > selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1572 float points[] = { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1573 left, top + size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1574 left + size, top + size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1575 left + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1576 left + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1577 }; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1578 nk_fill_polygon(&context->current->buffer, points, sizeof(points)/(2 * sizeof(float)), context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1579 } else if (raw_y < -selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1580 float points[] = { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1581 left, top, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1582 left + size, top, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1583 left + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1584 left + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1585 }; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1586 nk_fill_polygon(&context->current->buffer, points, sizeof(points)/(2 * sizeof(float)), context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1587 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1588 nk_stroke_rect(&context->current->buffer, nk_rect(left + 0.5f * size - deadzone_size, top + 0.5f * size - deadzone_size, 2 * deadzone_size, 2 * deadzone_size), context->style.window.rounding, 0.5f * context->style.window.border, nk_rgb(200, 200, 200)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1589 //nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(left, top, size, size)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1590 float x = raw_x * size / 65535.0f + size / 2.0f - crosshair_size / 2.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1591 float y = raw_y * size / 65535.0f + size / 2.0f - crosshair_size / 2.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1592 nk_draw_symbol(&context->current->buffer, NK_SYMBOL_X, nk_rect(left + x, top + y, crosshair_size, crosshair_size), nk_rgb(0, 0, 0), nk_rgb(255, 255, 255), 1, context->style.font); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1593 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1594 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1595 void trigger_deadzone_widget(float left, float top, float size, SDL_GameControllerAxis axis) |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1596 { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1597 float crosshair_size = context->style.font->height; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1598 nk_stroke_rect(&context->current->buffer, nk_rect(left, top, size, crosshair_size * 1.5f), context->style.window.rounding, context->style.window.border, nk_rgb(255, 255, 255)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1599 float deadzone_size = selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone * size / 32767.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1600 int16_t raw = SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(current_controller, axis); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1601 if (raw < 0) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1602 raw = 0; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1603 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1604 if (raw > selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1605 nk_fill_rect(&context->current->buffer, nk_rect(left + deadzone_size, top, size - deadzone_size, 1.5f * crosshair_size), context->style.window.rounding, context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1606 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1607 nk_stroke_line(&context->current->buffer, left + deadzone_size, top, left + deadzone_size, top + 1.5f * crosshair_size, 0.5f * context->style.window.border, nk_rgb(200, 200, 200)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1608 float x = raw * size / 32767.0f - crosshair_size / 2.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1609 nk_draw_symbol(&context->current->buffer, NK_SYMBOL_X, nk_rect(left + x, top + 0.25f * crosshair_size, crosshair_size, crosshair_size), nk_rgb(0, 0, 0), nk_rgb(255, 255, 255), 1, context->style.font); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1610 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1611 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1612 void view_deadzones(struct nk_context *context) |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1613 { |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1614 if (nk_begin(context, "Deadzones", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1615 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, render_height() - 3 * context->style.font->height, 4); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1616 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1617 float left = render_width() / 8.0f, top = render_height() / 8.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1618 float size = render_height() / 3.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1619 stick_deadzone_widget(left, top, size, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1620 stick_deadzone_widget(left + 1.25f * size, top, size, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1621 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1622 top += size + context->style.font->height; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1623 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(left, top, size * 2, context->style.font->height)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1624 int val = selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1625 nk_property_int(context, "Stick Deadzone", 250, &val, 32000, 250, 1.0f); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1626 if (val != selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1627 selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone = val; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1628 deadzones_dirty = 1; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1629 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1630 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1631 top += 2.0f * context->style.font->height; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1632 trigger_deadzone_widget(left, top, size, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1633 trigger_deadzone_widget(left + 1.25f * size, top, size, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1634 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1635 top += context->style.font->height * 2.5f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1636 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(left, top, size * 2, context->style.font->height)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1637 val = selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1638 nk_property_int(context, "Trigger Deadzone", 250, &val, 32000, 250, 1.0f); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1639 if (val != selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1640 selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone = val; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1641 deadzones_dirty = 1; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1642 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1643 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1644 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1645 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1646 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, (render_width() - 2 * context->style.font->height) / 2, 2); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1647 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1648 stick_nav_disabled = 0; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1649 if (current_controller) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1650 SDL_GameControllerClose(current_controller); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1651 current_controller = NULL; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1652 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1653 if (deadzones_dirty) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1654 save_controller_info(selected_controller, &selected_controller_info); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1655 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1656 pop_view(); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1657 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1658 nk_end(context); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1659 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1660 } |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1661 |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1662 void view_controllers(struct nk_context *context) |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1663 { |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1664 if (nk_begin(context, "Controllers", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1665 int height = (render_height() - 2*context->style.font->height) / 5; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1666 int inner_height = height - context->style.window.spacing.y; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1667 const struct nk_user_font *font = context->style.font; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1668 int bindings_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Bindings", strlen("Bindings")) + context->style.button.padding.x * 2; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1669 int remap_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Remap", strlen("Remap")) + context->style.button.padding.x * 2; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1670 int change_type_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Change Type", strlen("Change Type")) + context->style.button.padding.x * 2; |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1671 int deadzones_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Deadzones", strlen("Deadzones")) + context->style.button.padding.x * 2; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1672 int total = bindings_width + remap_width + change_type_width + deadzones_width; |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1673 float bindings_ratio = (float)bindings_width / total; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1674 float remap_ratio = (float)remap_width / total; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1675 float change_type_ratio = (float)change_type_width / total; |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1676 float deadzones_ratio = (float)deadzones_width / total; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1677 |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1678 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1679 uint8_t found_controller = 0; |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1680 for (int i = 0; i < MAX_JOYSTICKS; i++) |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1681 { |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1682 SDL_Joystick *joy = render_get_joystick(i); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1683 if (joy) { |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1684 found_controller = 1; |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1685 controller_info info = get_controller_info(i); |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1686 ui_image *controller_image = select_best_image(&info); |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1687 int image_width = inner_height * controller_image->width / controller_image->height; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1688 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, height, INT_MAX); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1689 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(context->style.font->height / 2, 0, image_width, inner_height)); |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1690 if (info.type == TYPE_UNKNOWN || info.type == TYPE_GENERIC_MAPPING) { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1691 nk_label(context, "?", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1692 } else { |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1693 nk_image(context, controller_image->ui); |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1694 } |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1695 int button_start = image_width + context->style.font->height; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1696 int button_area_width = render_width() - image_width - 2 * context->style.font->height; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1697 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1698 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, 0, button_area_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1699 nk_label(context, info.name, NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1700 const struct nk_user_font *font = context->style.font; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1701 if (info.type == TYPE_UNKNOWN || info.type == TYPE_GENERIC_MAPPING) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1702 int button_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Configure", strlen("Configure")); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1703 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, button_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1704 if (nk_button_label(context, "Configure")) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1705 selected_controller = i; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1706 selected_controller_info = info; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1707 initial_controller_config = 1; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1708 push_view(view_controller_type); |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1709 } |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1710 } else { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1711 button_area_width -= 2 * context->style.window.spacing.x; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1712 bindings_width = bindings_ratio * button_area_width; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1713 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, bindings_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1714 if (nk_button_label(context, "Bindings")) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1715 selected_controller = i; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1716 selected_controller_info = info; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1717 push_view(view_controller_bindings); |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1718 controller_binding_changed = 0; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1719 } |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1720 button_start += bindings_width + context->style.window.spacing.x; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1721 remap_width = remap_ratio * button_area_width; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1722 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, remap_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1723 if (nk_button_label(context, "Remap")) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1724 selected_controller = i; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1725 selected_controller_info = info; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1726 initial_controller_config = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1727 show_mapping_view(); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1728 } |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1729 button_start += remap_width + context->style.window.spacing.x; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1730 change_type_width = change_type_ratio * button_area_width; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1731 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, change_type_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1732 if (nk_button_label(context, "Change Type")) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1733 selected_controller = i; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1734 selected_controller_info = info; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1735 initial_controller_config = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1736 push_view(view_controller_type); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1737 } |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1738 button_start += change_type_width + context->style.window.spacing.x; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1739 deadzones_width = deadzones_ratio * button_area_width; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1740 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, deadzones_width, inner_height/2)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1741 if (nk_button_label(context, "Deadzones")) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1742 selected_controller = i; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1743 selected_controller_info = info; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1744 current_controller = render_get_controller(i); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1745 stick_nav_disabled = 1; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1746 deadzones_dirty = 0; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1747 push_view(view_deadzones); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1748 } |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1749 } |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1750 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1751 } |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1752 } |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1753 if (!found_controller) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1754 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, render_width() - 2 * context->style.font->height, 1); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1755 nk_label(context, "No controllers detected", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1756 } |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1757 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, (render_width() - 2 * context->style.font->height) / 2, 2); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1758 nk_label(context, "", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1759 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1760 pop_view(); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1761 } |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1762 nk_end(context); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1763 } |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1764 } |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1765 |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1766 void settings_toggle(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *path, uint8_t def) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1767 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1768 uint8_t curval = !strcmp("on", tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def ? "on": "off"}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1769 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1770 uint8_t newval = nk_check_label(context, "", curval); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1771 if (newval != curval) { |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
1772 config_dirty = 1; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1773 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(newval ? "on" : "off")}, TVAL_PTR); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1774 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1775 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1776 |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1777 void settings_int_input(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *path, char *def) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1778 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1779 char buffer[12]; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1780 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1781 uint32_t curval; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1782 char *curstr = tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1783 uint32_t len = strlen(curstr); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1784 if (len > 11) { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1785 len = 11; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1786 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1787 memcpy(buffer, curstr, len); |
1593
24508cb54f87
Fix a number of other memory errors (mostly leaks again) identified by valgrind
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1581
diff
changeset
|
1788 memset(buffer+len, 0, sizeof(buffer)-len); |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1789 nk_edit_string(context, NK_EDIT_SIMPLE, buffer, &len, sizeof(buffer)-1, nk_filter_decimal); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1790 buffer[len] = 0; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1791 if (strcmp(buffer, curstr)) { |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
1792 config_dirty = 1; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1793 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1794 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1795 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1796 |
1853
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1797 void settings_string(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *path, char *def) |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1798 { |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1799 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1800 char *curstr = tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1801 uint32_t len = strlen(curstr); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1802 uint32_t buffer_len = len > 100 ? len + 1 : 101; |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1803 char *buffer = malloc(buffer_len); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1804 memcpy(buffer, curstr, len); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1805 memset(buffer+len, 0, buffer_len-len); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1806 nk_edit_string(context, NK_EDIT_SIMPLE, buffer, &len, buffer_len-1, nk_filter_default); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1807 buffer[len] = 0; |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1808 if (strcmp(buffer, curstr)) { |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1809 config_dirty = 1; |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1810 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1811 } |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1812 free(buffer); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1813 } |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1814 |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1815 void settings_path(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *path, char *def, const char **exts, uint32_t num_exts) |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1816 { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1817 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1818 char *curstr = tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1819 uint32_t len = strlen(curstr); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1820 uint32_t buffer_len = len > 100 ? len + 1 : 101; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1821 char *buffer = malloc(buffer_len); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1822 memcpy(buffer, curstr, len); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1823 memset(buffer+len, 0, buffer_len-len); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1824 nk_edit_string(context, NK_EDIT_SIMPLE, buffer, &len, buffer_len-1, nk_filter_default); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1825 buffer[len] = 0; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1826 if (strcmp(buffer, curstr)) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1827 config_dirty = 1; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1828 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1829 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1830 |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1831 nk_spacing(context, 1); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1832 if (nk_button_label(context, "Browse")) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1833 browser_label = label; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1834 browser_setting_path = path; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1835 browser_ext_list = exts; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1836 browser_num_exts = num_exts; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1837 if (is_absolute_path(buffer)) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1838 browser_cur_path = path_dirname(buffer); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1839 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1840 push_view(view_file_settings); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1841 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1842 free(buffer); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1843 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1844 |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1845 void settings_int_property(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *name, char *path, int def, int min, int max) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1846 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1847 char *curstr = tern_find_path(config, path, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1848 int curval = curstr ? atoi(curstr) : def; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1849 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1850 int val = curval; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1851 nk_property_int(context, name, min, &val, max, 1, 1.0f); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1852 if (val != curval) { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1853 char buffer[12]; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1854 sprintf(buffer, "%d", val); |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
1855 config_dirty = 1; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1856 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1857 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1858 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1859 |
1796
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1860 void settings_float_property(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *name, char *path, float def, float min, float max, float step) |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1861 { |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1862 char *curstr = tern_find_path(config, path, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1863 float curval = curstr ? atof(curstr) : def; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1864 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1865 float val = curval; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1866 nk_property_float(context, name, min, &val, max, step, step); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1867 if (val != curval) { |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1868 char buffer[64]; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1869 sprintf(buffer, "%f", val); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1870 config_dirty = 1; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1871 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1872 } |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1873 } |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1874 |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1875 typedef struct { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1876 char *fragment; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1877 char *vertex; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1878 } shader_prog; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1879 |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1880 shader_prog *get_shader_progs(dir_entry *entries, size_t num_entries, shader_prog *progs, uint32_t *num_existing, uint32_t *storage) |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1881 { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1882 uint32_t num_progs = *num_existing; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1883 uint32_t prog_storage = *storage; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1884 uint32_t starting = num_progs; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1885 |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1886 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1887 if (entries[i].is_dir) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1888 continue; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1889 } |
2484
ccee8dccd9cc
Add support for rendering debug windows with OpenGL in perparation for allowing Nuklear UI in them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2413
diff
changeset
|
1890 if (startswith(entries[i].name, "extra_window.")) { |
ccee8dccd9cc
Add support for rendering debug windows with OpenGL in perparation for allowing Nuklear UI in them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2413
diff
changeset
|
1891 //skip shader used for debug windows |
ccee8dccd9cc
Add support for rendering debug windows with OpenGL in perparation for allowing Nuklear UI in them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2413
diff
changeset
|
1892 continue; |
ccee8dccd9cc
Add support for rendering debug windows with OpenGL in perparation for allowing Nuklear UI in them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2413
diff
changeset
|
1893 } |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1894 char *no_ext = basename_no_extension(entries[i].name); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1895 uint32_t len = strlen(no_ext); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1896 if (no_ext[len-1] == 'f' && no_ext[len-2] == '.') { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1897 uint8_t dupe = 0;; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1898 for (uint32_t j = 0; j < starting; j++) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1899 if (!strcmp(entries[i].name, progs[j].fragment)) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1900 dupe = 1; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1901 break; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1902 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1903 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1904 if (!dupe) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1905 if (num_progs == prog_storage) { |
1493
24f44f26b74d
Fix buffer overrun in video settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1492
diff
changeset
|
1906 prog_storage = prog_storage ? prog_storage*2 : 4; |
1857
1844cf5a4045
Fix buffer overrun in shader list UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1855
diff
changeset
|
1907 progs = realloc(progs, sizeof(*progs) * prog_storage); |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1908 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1909 progs[num_progs].vertex = NULL; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1910 progs[num_progs++].fragment = strdup(entries[i].name); |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1911 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1912 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1913 free(no_ext); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1914 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1915 |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1916 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1917 if (entries[i].is_dir) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1918 continue; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1919 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1920 char *no_ext = basename_no_extension(entries[i].name); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1921 uint32_t len = strlen(no_ext); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1922 if (no_ext[len-1] == 'v' && no_ext[len-2] == '.') { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1923 for (uint32_t j = 0; j < num_progs; j++) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1924 if (!strncmp(no_ext, progs[j].fragment, len-1) && progs[j].fragment[len-1] == 'f' && progs[j].fragment[len] == '.') { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1925 progs[j].vertex = strdup(entries[i].name); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1926 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1927 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1928 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1929 free(no_ext); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1930 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1931 free_dir_list(entries, num_entries); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1932 *num_existing = num_progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1933 *storage = prog_storage; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1934 return progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1935 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1936 |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1937 shader_prog *get_shader_list(uint32_t *num_out) |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1938 { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1939 char *shader_dir = path_append(get_config_dir(), "shaders"); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1940 size_t num_entries; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1941 dir_entry *entries = get_dir_list(shader_dir, &num_entries); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1942 free(shader_dir); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1943 shader_prog *progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1944 uint32_t num_progs = 0, prog_storage; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1945 if (num_entries) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1946 progs = calloc(num_entries, sizeof(shader_prog)); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1947 prog_storage = num_entries; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1948 progs = get_shader_progs(entries, num_entries, progs, &num_progs, &prog_storage); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1949 } else { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1950 progs = NULL; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1951 prog_storage = 0; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1952 } |
1693
ba3fb7a3be6b
Added some Makefile options to build a packaging friendly executable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1681
diff
changeset
|
1953 #ifdef DATA_PATH |
ba3fb7a3be6b
Added some Makefile options to build a packaging friendly executable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1681
diff
changeset
|
1954 shader_dir = path_append(DATA_PATH, "shaders"); |
ba3fb7a3be6b
Added some Makefile options to build a packaging friendly executable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1681
diff
changeset
|
1955 #else |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1956 shader_dir = path_append(get_exe_dir(), "shaders"); |
1693
ba3fb7a3be6b
Added some Makefile options to build a packaging friendly executable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1681
diff
changeset
|
1957 #endif |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1958 entries = get_dir_list(shader_dir, &num_entries); |
1858
dda7479f3bbb
Fix a couple of small memory leaks
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1857
diff
changeset
|
1959 free(shader_dir); |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1960 progs = get_shader_progs(entries, num_entries, progs, &num_progs, &prog_storage); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1961 *num_out = num_progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1962 return progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1963 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1964 |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1965 int32_t find_match(const char **options, uint32_t num_options, char *path, char *def) |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1966 { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1967 char *setting = tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1968 int32_t selected = -1; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1969 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_options; i++) |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1970 { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1971 if (!strcmp(setting, options[i])) { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1972 selected = i; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1973 break; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1974 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1975 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1976 if (selected == -1) { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1977 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_options; i++) |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1978 { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1979 if (!strcmp(def, options[i])) { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1980 selected = i; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1981 break; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1982 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1983 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1984 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1985 return selected; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1986 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1987 |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1988 int32_t settings_dropdown_ex(struct nk_context *context, char *label, const char **options, const char **opt_display, uint32_t num_options, int32_t current, char *path) |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1989 { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1990 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1991 int32_t next = nk_combo(context, opt_display, num_options, current, 30, nk_vec2(300, 300)); |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1992 if (next != current) { |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
1993 config_dirty = 1; |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1994 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(options[next])}, TVAL_PTR); |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1995 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1996 return next; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1997 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1998 |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1999 int32_t settings_dropdown(struct nk_context *context, char *label, const char **options, uint32_t num_options, int32_t current, char *path) |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2000 { |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2001 return settings_dropdown_ex(context, label, options, options, num_options, current, path); |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2002 } |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2003 |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2004 void view_video_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2005 { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2006 const char *vsync_opts[] = {"on", "off", "tear"}; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2007 const char *vsync_opt_names[] = { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2008 "On", |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2009 "Off", |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2010 "On, tear if late" |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2011 }; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2012 const uint32_t num_vsync_opts = sizeof(vsync_opts)/sizeof(*vsync_opts); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2013 static shader_prog *progs; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2014 static char **prog_names; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2015 static uint32_t num_progs; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2016 static uint32_t selected_prog; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2017 static int32_t selected_vsync = -1; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2018 if (selected_vsync < 0) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2019 selected_vsync = find_match(vsync_opts, num_vsync_opts, "video\0vsync\0", "off"); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2020 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2021 if(!progs) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2022 progs = get_shader_list(&num_progs); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2023 prog_names = calloc(num_progs, sizeof(char*)); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2024 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_progs; i++) |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2025 { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2026 prog_names[i] = basename_no_extension(progs[i].fragment);; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2027 uint32_t len = strlen(prog_names[i]); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2028 if (len > 2) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2029 prog_names[i][len-2] = 0; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2030 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2031 if (!progs[i].vertex) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2032 progs[i].vertex = strdup("default.v.glsl"); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2033 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2034 if (!strcmp( |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2035 progs[i].fragment, |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2036 tern_find_path_default(config, "video\0fragment_shader\0", (tern_val){.ptrval = "default.f.glsl"}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2037 )) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2038 selected_prog = i; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2039 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2040 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2041 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2042 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2043 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2044 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2045 if (desired_width > width) { |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2046 desired_width = width; |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2047 } |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
2048 if (nk_begin(context, "Video Settings", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2049 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, desired_width, 2); |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2050 settings_toggle(context, "Fullscreen", "video\0fullscreen\0", 0); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2051 settings_toggle(context, "Open GL", "video\0gl\0", 1); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2052 settings_toggle(context, "Scanlines", "video\0scanlines\0", 0); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2053 selected_vsync = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "VSync", vsync_opts, vsync_opt_names, num_vsync_opts, selected_vsync, "video\0vsync\0"); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2054 settings_int_input(context, "Windowed Width", "video\0width\0", "640"); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2055 nk_label(context, "Shader", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2056 uint32_t next_selected = nk_combo(context, (const char **)prog_names, num_progs, selected_prog, context->style.font->height, nk_vec2(desired_width, desired_width)); |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2057 if (next_selected != selected_prog) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2058 selected_prog = next_selected; |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2059 config_dirty = 1; |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2060 config = tern_insert_path(config, "video\0fragment_shader\0", (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(progs[next_selected].fragment)}, TVAL_PTR); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2061 config = tern_insert_path(config, "video\0vertex_shader\0", (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(progs[next_selected].vertex)}, TVAL_PTR); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2062 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2063 settings_int_property(context, "NTSC Overscan", "Top", "video\0ntsc\0overscan\0top\0", 2, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2064 settings_int_property(context, "", "Bottom", "video\0ntsc\0overscan\0bottom\0", 17, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2065 settings_int_property(context, "", "Left", "video\0ntsc\0overscan\0left\0", 13, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2066 settings_int_property(context, "", "Right", "video\0ntsc\0overscan\0right\0", 14, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2067 settings_int_property(context, "PAL Overscan", "Top", "video\0pal\0overscan\0top\0", 2, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2068 settings_int_property(context, "", "Bottom", "video\0pal\0overscan\0bottom\0", 17, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2069 settings_int_property(context, "", "Left", "video\0pal\0overscan\0left\0", 13, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2070 settings_int_property(context, "", "Right", "video\0pal\0overscan\0right\0", 14, 0, 32); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2071 |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2072 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2073 pop_view(); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2074 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2075 nk_end(context); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2076 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2077 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2078 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2079 void view_audio_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2080 { |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2081 const char *rates[] = { |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2082 "192000", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2083 "96000", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2084 "48000", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2085 "44100", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2086 "22050" |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2087 }; |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2088 const char *sizes[] = { |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2089 "1024", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2090 "512", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2091 "256", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2092 "128", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2093 "64" |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2094 }; |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2095 const char *dac[] = { |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2096 "zero_offset", |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2097 "linear" |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2098 }; |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2099 const char *dac_desc[] = { |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2100 "Zero Offset", |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2101 "Linear" |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2102 }; |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2103 const uint32_t num_rates = sizeof(rates)/sizeof(*rates); |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2104 const uint32_t num_sizes = sizeof(sizes)/sizeof(*sizes); |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2105 const uint32_t num_dacs = sizeof(dac)/sizeof(*dac); |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2106 static int32_t selected_rate = -1; |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2107 static int32_t selected_size = -1; |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2108 static int32_t selected_dac = -1; |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2109 if (selected_rate < 0 || selected_size < 0 || selected_dac < 0) { |
2383
ee0cc07dc406
Fix read of audio sample rate in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2379
diff
changeset
|
2110 selected_rate = find_match(rates, num_rates, "audio\0rate\0", "48000"); |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
2111 selected_size = find_match(sizes, num_sizes, "audio\0buffer\0", "512"); |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2112 selected_dac = find_match(dac, num_dacs, "audio\0fm_dac\0", "zero_offset"); |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2113 } |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2114 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2115 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2116 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2117 if (desired_width > width) { |
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2118 desired_width = width; |
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2119 } |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2120 if (nk_begin(context, "Audio Settings", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2121 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height , desired_width, 2); |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
2122 selected_rate = settings_dropdown(context, "Rate in Hz", rates, num_rates, selected_rate, "audio\0rate\0"); |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
2123 selected_size = settings_dropdown(context, "Buffer Samples", sizes, num_sizes, selected_size, "audio\0buffer\0"); |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2124 settings_int_input(context, "Lowpass Cutoff Hz", "audio\0lowpass_cutoff\0", "3390"); |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2125 settings_float_property(context, "Gain (dB)", "Overall", "audio\0gain\0", 0, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
1796
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
2126 settings_float_property(context, "", "FM", "audio\0fm_gain\0", 0, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
2127 settings_float_property(context, "", "PSG", "audio\0psg_gain\0", 0, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
2277
9e578fd493e1
Implement gain control for Ricoh PCM and CDDA with defaults based on Model 2 Sega CD
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2247
diff
changeset
|
2128 settings_float_property(context, "", "RF5C164", "audio\0rf5c164_gain\0", -6.0f, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
9e578fd493e1
Implement gain control for Ricoh PCM and CDDA with defaults based on Model 2 Sega CD
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2247
diff
changeset
|
2129 settings_float_property(context, "", "CDDA", "audio\0cdd_gain\0", -9.5f, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2130 selected_dac = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "FM DAC", dac, dac_desc, num_dacs, selected_dac, "audio\0fm_dac\0"); |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2131 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2132 pop_view(); |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2133 } |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2134 nk_end(context); |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2135 } |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2136 } |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2137 typedef struct { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2138 const char **models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2139 const char **names; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2140 uint32_t num_models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2141 uint32_t storage; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2142 uint8_t genesis_only; |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2143 } model_foreach_state; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2144 void model_iter(char *key, tern_val val, uint8_t valtype, void *data) |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2145 { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2146 if (valtype != TVAL_NODE) { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2147 return; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2148 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2149 if (!strcmp(tern_find_ptr_default(val.ptrval, "show", "yes"), "no")) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2150 return; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2151 } |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2152 model_foreach_state *state = data; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2153 if (state->genesis_only && strcmp(tern_find_ptr_default(val.ptrval, "vdp", "genesis"), "genesis")) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2154 return; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2155 } |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2156 if (state->num_models == state->storage) { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2157 state->storage *= 2; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2158 state->models = realloc(state->models, state->storage * sizeof(char *)); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2159 state->names = realloc(state->names, state->storage * sizeof(char *)); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2160 } |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2161 char *def = strdup(key); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2162 state->models[state->num_models] = def; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2163 state->names[state->num_models++] = tern_find_ptr_default(val.ptrval, "name", def); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2164 } |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2165 |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2166 typedef struct { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2167 const char **models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2168 const char **names; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2169 } models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2170 |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2171 models get_models(uint32_t *num_out, uint8_t genesis_only) |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2172 { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2173 tern_node *systems = get_systems_config(); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2174 model_foreach_state state = { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2175 .models = calloc(4, sizeof(char *)), |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2176 .names = calloc(4, sizeof(char *)), |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2177 .num_models = 0, |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2178 .storage = 4, |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2179 .genesis_only = genesis_only |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2180 }; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2181 tern_foreach(systems, model_iter, &state); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2182 *num_out = state.num_models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2183 return (models){ |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2184 .models = state.models, |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2185 .names = state.names |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2186 }; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2187 } |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2188 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2189 void view_system_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2190 { |
1568
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2191 const char *sync_opts[] = { |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2192 "video", |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2193 "audio" |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2194 }; |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2195 const uint32_t num_sync_opts = sizeof(sync_opts)/sizeof(*sync_opts); |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2196 static int32_t selected_sync = -1; |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2197 if (selected_sync < 0) { |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2198 selected_sync = find_match(sync_opts, num_sync_opts, "system\0sync_source\0", "video"); |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2199 } |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2200 const char *regions[] = { |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2201 "J - Japan", |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2202 "U - Americas", |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2203 "E - Europe" |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2204 }; |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2205 const char *region_codes[] = {"J", "U", "E"}; |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2206 const uint32_t num_regions = sizeof(regions)/sizeof(*regions); |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2207 static int32_t selected_region = -1; |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2208 if (selected_region < 0) { |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2209 selected_region = find_match(region_codes, num_regions, "system\0default_region\0", "U"); |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2210 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2211 static const char **model_opts, **sms_model_opts; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2212 static const char **model_names, **sms_model_names; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2213 static uint32_t num_models, num_sms_models; |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2214 if (!model_opts) { |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2215 models m = get_models(&num_models, 1); |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2216 model_opts = m.models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2217 model_names = m.names; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2218 m = get_models(&num_sms_models, 0); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2219 sms_model_opts = m.models; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2220 sms_model_names = m.names; |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2221 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2222 static uint8_t old_show_sms; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2223 uint8_t show_sms = current_system && current_system->type == SYSTEM_SMS; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2224 |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2225 static int32_t selected_model = -1; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2226 if (selected_model < 0 || show_sms != old_show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2227 if (show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2228 selected_model = find_match(sms_model_opts, num_sms_models, "sms\0system\0model\0", "md1va3"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2229 } else { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2230 selected_model = find_match(model_opts, num_models, "system\0model\0", "md1va3"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2231 } |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2232 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2233 |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2234 static const char *formats[] = { |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2235 "native", |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2236 "gst" |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2237 }; |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2238 const uint32_t num_formats = sizeof(formats)/sizeof(*formats); |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2239 static int32_t selected_format = -1; |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2240 if (selected_format < 0) { |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2241 selected_format = find_match(formats, num_formats, "ui\0state_format\0", "native"); |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2242 } |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2243 static const char *ram_inits[] = { |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2244 "zero", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2245 "random" |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2246 }; |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2247 const uint32_t num_inits = sizeof(ram_inits)/sizeof(*ram_inits); |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2248 static int32_t selected_init = -1; |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2249 if (selected_init < 0) { |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2250 selected_init = find_match(ram_inits, num_inits, "system\0ram_init\0", "zero"); |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2251 } |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2252 static const char *io_opts_1[] = { |
1789
b3eb74936f18
Fix off by one in IO device UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1693
diff
changeset
|
2253 "none", |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2254 "gamepad2.1", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2255 "gamepad3.1", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2256 "gamepad6.1", |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2257 "sega_multitap.1", |
2238
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2258 "ea_multitap_port_a", |
1575
ccb3a8ae7ad0
Fix config value set when "Mega Mouse" is selected in settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1573
diff
changeset
|
2259 "mouse.1", |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2260 "saturn keyboard", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2261 "xband keyboard" |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2262 }; |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2263 static const char *io_opts_2[] = { |
1789
b3eb74936f18
Fix off by one in IO device UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1693
diff
changeset
|
2264 "none", |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2265 "gamepad2.2", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2266 "gamepad3.2", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2267 "gamepad6.2", |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2268 "sega_multitap.1", |
2238
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2269 "ea_multitap_port_b", |
1575
ccb3a8ae7ad0
Fix config value set when "Mega Mouse" is selected in settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1573
diff
changeset
|
2270 "mouse.1", |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2271 "saturn keyboard", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2272 "xband keyboard" |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2273 }; |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2274 static const char *type_names[sizeof(io_opts_1)/sizeof(*io_opts_1)]; |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2275 static int32_t selected_io_1 = -1; |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2276 static int32_t selected_io_2 = -1; |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2277 const uint32_t num_io = sizeof(io_opts_1)/sizeof(*io_opts_1); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2278 if (selected_io_1 < 0 || selected_io_2 < 0 || show_sms != old_show_sms) { |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2279 type_names[0] = device_type_names[IO_NONE]; |
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2280 type_names[1] = device_type_names[IO_GAMEPAD2]; |
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2281 type_names[2] = device_type_names[IO_GAMEPAD3]; |
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2282 type_names[3] = device_type_names[IO_GAMEPAD6]; |
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2283 type_names[4] = device_type_names[IO_SEGA_MULTI]; |
2238
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2284 type_names[5] = device_type_names[IO_EA_MULTI_A]; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2285 type_names[6] = device_type_names[IO_MOUSE]; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2286 type_names[7] = device_type_names[IO_SATURN_KEYBOARD]; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2287 type_names[8] = device_type_names[IO_XBAND_KEYBOARD]; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2288 if (show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2289 selected_io_1 = find_match(io_opts_1, num_io, "sms\0io\0devices\0""1\0", "gamepad2.1"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2290 selected_io_2 = find_match(io_opts_2, num_io, "sms\0io\0devices\0""2\0", "gamepad2.2"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2291 } else { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2292 selected_io_1 = find_match(io_opts_1, num_io, "io\0devices\0""1\0", "gamepad6.1"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2293 selected_io_2 = find_match(io_opts_2, num_io, "io\0devices\0""2\0", "gamepad6.2"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2294 } |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2295 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2296 old_show_sms = show_sms; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2297 |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2298 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2299 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2300 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2301 if (nk_begin(context, "System Settings", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2302 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, desired_width, 2); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2303 |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2304 if (show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2305 selected_model = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "Model", sms_model_opts, sms_model_names, num_sms_models, selected_model, "sms\0system\0model\0"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2306 } else { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2307 selected_model = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "Model", model_opts, model_names, num_models, selected_model, "system\0model\0"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2308 } |
2238
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2309 int32_t old_selected = selected_io_1; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2310 char *config_path1, *config_path2; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2311 if (show_sms) { |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2312 config_path1 = "sms\0io\0devices\0""1\0"; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2313 config_path2 = "sms\0io\0devices\0""2\0"; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2314 } else { |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2315 config_path1 = "io\0devices\0""1\0"; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2316 config_path2 = "io\0devices\0""2\0"; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2317 } |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2318 selected_io_1 = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "IO Port 1 Device", io_opts_1, type_names, num_io, selected_io_1, config_path1); |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2319 if (old_selected != selected_io_1 && selected_io_1 != selected_io_2 && !strcmp(io_opts_1[selected_io_1], "ea_multitap_port_a")) { |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2320 selected_io_2 = selected_io_1; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2321 config = tern_insert_path(config, config_path2, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(io_opts_2[selected_io_2])}, TVAL_PTR); |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2322 } |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2323 old_selected = selected_io_2; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2324 selected_io_2 = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "IO Port 2 Device", io_opts_2, type_names, num_io, selected_io_2, config_path2); |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2325 if (old_selected != selected_io_2 && selected_io_1 != selected_io_2 && !strcmp(io_opts_2[selected_io_2], "ea_multitap_port_b")) { |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2326 selected_io_1 = selected_io_2; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2327 config = tern_insert_path(config, config_path1, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(io_opts_1[selected_io_1])}, TVAL_PTR); |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2328 } |
2014
9ca255be938d
Reorder system settings so that more common options are near the top and none of the dropdowns get cut off
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2003
diff
changeset
|
2329 selected_region = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "Default Region", region_codes, regions, num_regions, selected_region, "system\0default_region\0"); |
1568
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2330 selected_sync = settings_dropdown(context, "Sync Source", sync_opts, num_sync_opts, selected_sync, "system\0sync_source\0"); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2331 if (!show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2332 settings_int_property(context, "68000 Clock Divider", "", "clocks\0m68k_divider\0", 7, 1, 53); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2333 selected_format = settings_dropdown(context, "Save State Format", formats, num_formats, selected_format, "ui\0state_format\0"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2334 } |
2014
9ca255be938d
Reorder system settings so that more common options are near the top and none of the dropdowns get cut off
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2003
diff
changeset
|
2335 selected_init = settings_dropdown(context, "Initial RAM Value", ram_inits, num_inits, selected_init, "system\0ram_init\0"); |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2336 settings_toggle(context, "Remember ROM Path", "ui\0remember_path\0", 1); |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2337 settings_toggle(context, "Use Native File Picker", "ui\0use_native_filechooser\0", 0); |
1852
a4cae960fd08
Allow config file to be saved with executable for "portable" setups
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1841
diff
changeset
|
2338 settings_toggle(context, "Save config with EXE", "ui\0config_in_exe_dir\0", 0); |
1853
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
2339 settings_string(context, "Game Save Path", "ui\0save_path\0", "$USERDATA/blastem/$ROMNAME"); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2340 |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2341 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2342 if (config_dirty) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2343 char *unf = tern_find_path(config, "ui\0use_native_filechooser\0", TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2344 use_native_filechooser = unf && !strcmp(unf, "on"); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2345 } |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2346 pop_view(); |
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2347 } |
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2348 nk_end(context); |
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2349 } |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2350 } |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2351 |
2018
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2352 void view_confirm_reset(struct nk_context *context) |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2353 { |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2354 if (nk_begin(context, "Reset Confirm", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2355 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 20; |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2356 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, desired_width, 1); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2357 nk_label(context, "This will reset all settings and controller", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2358 nk_label(context, "mappings back to the defaults.", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2359 nk_label(context, "Are you sure you want to proceed?", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2360 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.5, desired_width / 2, 2); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2361 if (nk_button_label(context, "Maybe not")) { |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2362 pop_view(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2363 } |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2364 if (nk_button_label(context, "Yep, delete it all")) { |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2365 delete_custom_config(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2366 config = load_config(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2367 delete_controller_info(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2368 config_dirty = 1; |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2369 pop_view(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2370 } |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2371 nk_end(context); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2372 } |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2373 } |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2374 |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2375 void view_bios_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2376 { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2377 if (nk_begin(context, "Firmware", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2378 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
2369
3e064001594a
Better spacing in firmware settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2355
diff
changeset
|
2379 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.25f, desired_width, 2); |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2380 static const char* exts[] = {"md", "bin", "smd"}; |
2247
08a16de0e4cb
Fix settings save path of TMSS ROM setting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2238
diff
changeset
|
2381 settings_path(context, "TMSS ROM", "system\0tmss_path\0", "tmss.md", exts, 3); |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2382 settings_path(context, "US CD BIOS", "system\0scd_bios_us\0", "cdbios.md", exts, 3); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2383 settings_path(context, "JP CD BIOS", "system\0scd_bios_jp\0", "cdbios.md", exts, 3); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2384 settings_path(context, "EU CD BIOS", "system\0scd_bios_eu\0", "cdbios.md", exts, 3); |
2413
64cf80e683aa
Initial support for Colecovision emulation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
2385 static const char* coleco_exts[] = {"col", "bin", "rom"}; |
64cf80e683aa
Initial support for Colecovision emulation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
2386 settings_path(context, "Colecovision BIOS", "system\0coleco_bios_path\0", "colecovision_bios.col", coleco_exts, 3); |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2387 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2388 pop_view(); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2389 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2390 nk_end(context); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2391 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2392 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2393 |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2394 void view_back(struct nk_context *context) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2395 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2396 pop_view(); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2397 pop_view(); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2398 current_view(context); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2399 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2400 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2401 void view_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2402 { |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2403 static menu_item items[] = { |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2404 {"Key Bindings", view_key_bindings}, |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2405 {"Controllers", view_controllers}, |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2406 {"Video", view_video_settings}, |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2407 {"Audio", view_audio_settings}, |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2408 {"System", view_system_settings}, |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2409 {"Firmware", view_bios_settings}, |
2018
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2410 {"Reset to Defaults", view_confirm_reset}, |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2411 {"Back", view_back} |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2412 }; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2413 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2414 if (nk_begin(context, "Settings Menu", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2415 menu(context, sizeof(items)/sizeof(*items), items, NULL); |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2416 nk_end(context); |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2417 } |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2418 } |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2419 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2420 void exit_handler(uint32_t index) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2421 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2422 exit(0); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2423 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2424 |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2425 void view_pause(struct nk_context *context) |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2426 { |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2427 static menu_item items[] = { |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2428 {"Resume", view_play}, |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2429 {"Load ROM", view_load}, |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
2430 {"Lock On", view_lock_on}, |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2431 {"Save State", view_save_state}, |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2432 {"Load State", view_load_state}, |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2433 {"Settings", view_settings}, |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2434 {"Exit", NULL} |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2435 }; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2436 |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2437 if (nk_begin(context, "Main Menu", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2438 menu(context, sizeof(items)/sizeof(*items), items, exit_handler); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2439 nk_end(context); |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2440 } |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2441 } |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2442 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2443 void view_menu(struct nk_context *context) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2444 { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2445 static menu_item items[] = { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2446 {"Load ROM", view_load}, |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2447 {"Settings", view_settings}, |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2448 {"About", view_about}, |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2449 {"Exit", NULL} |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2450 }; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2451 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2452 if (nk_begin(context, "Main Menu", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2453 menu(context, sizeof(items)/sizeof(*items), items, exit_handler); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2454 nk_end(context); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2455 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2456 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2457 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2458 void blastem_nuklear_render(void) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2459 { |
2376
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
2460 if (current_view != view_play || (current_system && current_system->type == SYSTEM_MEDIA_PLAYER)) { |
2392
a71176b9903d
Hide cursor in fullscreen when UI is not active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2383
diff
changeset
|
2461 render_force_cursor(1); |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2462 nk_input_end(context); |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2463 current_view(context); |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2464 if (fb_context) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2465 fb_context->fb.pixels = render_get_framebuffer(FRAMEBUFFER_UI, &fb_context->fb.pitch); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2466 nk_rawfb_render(fb_context, nk_rgb(0,0,0), 0); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2467 render_framebuffer_updated(FRAMEBUFFER_UI, render_width()); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2468 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2469 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2470 nk_sdl_render(NK_ANTI_ALIASING_ON, 512 * 1024, 128 * 1024); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2471 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2472 } |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2473 nk_input_begin(context); |
2392
a71176b9903d
Hide cursor in fullscreen when UI is not active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2383
diff
changeset
|
2474 } else { |
a71176b9903d
Hide cursor in fullscreen when UI is not active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2383
diff
changeset
|
2475 render_force_cursor(0); |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2476 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2477 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2478 |
1486
a6881d0d76d0
Pause game execution when in the new UI pause menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1485
diff
changeset
|
2479 void ui_idle_loop(void) |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2480 { |
1862
e07fc3d473b2
Basic UI navigation with controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1859
diff
changeset
|
2481 render_enable_gamepad_events(1); |
1482
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2482 const uint32_t MIN_UI_DELAY = 15; |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2483 static uint32_t last; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2484 while (current_view != view_play) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2485 { |
1482
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2486 uint32_t current = render_elapsed_ms(); |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2487 if ((current - last) < MIN_UI_DELAY) { |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2488 render_sleep_ms(MIN_UI_DELAY - (current - last) - 1); |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2489 } |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2490 last = current; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2491 render_update_display(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2492 } |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2493 if (config_dirty) { |
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2494 apply_updated_config(); |
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2495 persist_config(config); |
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2496 config_dirty = 0; |
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2497 } |
1862
e07fc3d473b2
Basic UI navigation with controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1859
diff
changeset
|
2498 render_enable_gamepad_events(0); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2499 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2500 static void handle_event(SDL_Event *event) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2501 { |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
2502 if (event->type == SDL_KEYDOWN) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
2503 keycode = event->key.keysym.sym; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
2504 } |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2505 else if (event->type == SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN) { |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2506 button_pressed = event->jbutton.button; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2507 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2508 else if (event->type == SDL_JOYHATMOTION) { |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2509 hat_moved = event->jhat.hat; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2510 hat_value = event->jhat.value; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2511 } |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2512 else if (event->type == SDL_JOYAXISMOTION) { |
2319
ab3d8759da08
Slightly more reasonable threshold value for axes during mapping. Still pretty broken though
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2317
diff
changeset
|
2513 if (event->jaxis.axis == axis_moved || abs(event->jaxis.value) > abs(axis_value) || abs(event->jaxis.value) > 4000) { |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2514 axis_moved = event->jaxis.axis; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2515 axis_value = event->jaxis.value; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2516 } |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2517 } else if (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN && event->button.button == 0) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2518 click = 1; |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2519 } else if (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP && event->button.button == 0) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2520 click = 0; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2521 } |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
2522 if (stick_nav_disabled && event->type == SDL_CONTROLLERAXISMOTION) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
2523 return; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
2524 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2525 nk_sdl_handle_event(event); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2526 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2527 |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2528 static void context_destroyed(void) |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2529 { |
1681
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2530 if (context) |
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2531 { |
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2532 nk_sdl_shutdown(); |
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2533 context = NULL; |
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2534 } |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2535 } |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2536 |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2537 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
1609
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2538 static struct nk_image load_image_texture(uint32_t *buf, uint32_t width, uint32_t height) |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2539 { |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2540 GLuint tex; |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2541 glGenTextures(1, &tex); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2542 glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, tex); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2543 glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2544 glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2545 glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2546 glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2547 #ifdef USE_GLES |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2548 glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, buf); |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2549 #else |
1609
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2550 glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA8, width, height, 0, GL_BGRA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, buf); |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2551 #endif |
1609
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2552 return nk_image_id((int)tex); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2553 } |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2554 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2555 |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2556 static struct nk_image load_image_rawfb(uint32_t *buf, uint32_t width, uint32_t height) |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2557 { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2558 struct rawfb_image *fbimg = calloc(1, sizeof(struct rawfb_image)); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2559 fbimg->pixels = buf; |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2560 fbimg->pitch = width * sizeof(uint32_t); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2561 fbimg->w = width; |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2562 fbimg->h = height; |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2563 fbimg->format = NK_FONT_ATLAS_RGBA32; |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2564 return nk_image_ptr(fbimg); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2565 } |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2566 |
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2567 static void texture_init(void) |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2568 { |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2569 struct nk_font_atlas *atlas; |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2570 if (fb_context) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2571 nk_rawfb_font_stash_begin(fb_context, &atlas); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2572 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2573 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2574 nk_sdl_font_stash_begin(&atlas); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2575 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2576 } |
1527
4f6e8acd7b6a
Added support for TTC and dfont format true type fonts. More robust font selection on Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1526
diff
changeset
|
2577 uint32_t font_size; |
4f6e8acd7b6a
Added support for TTC and dfont format true type fonts. More robust font selection on Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1526
diff
changeset
|
2578 uint8_t *font = default_font(&font_size); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2579 if (!font) { |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2580 fatal_error("Failed to find default font path\n"); |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2581 } |
2294
7e995fb948c3
Make UI font less comically large
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
2582 def_font = nk_font_atlas_add_from_memory(atlas, font, font_size, render_height() / 24, NULL); |
1593
24508cb54f87
Fix a number of other memory errors (mostly leaks again) identified by valgrind
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1581
diff
changeset
|
2583 free(font); |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2584 if (fb_context) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2585 nk_rawfb_font_stash_end(fb_context); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2586 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2587 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2588 nk_sdl_font_stash_end(); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2589 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2590 } |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2591 nk_style_set_font(context, &def_font->handle); |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2592 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_ui_images; i++) |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2593 { |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2594 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2595 if (fb_context) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2596 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2597 ui_images[i]->ui = load_image_rawfb(ui_images[i]->image_data, ui_images[i]->width, ui_images[i]->height); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2598 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2599 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2600 ui_images[i]->ui = load_image_texture(ui_images[i]->image_data, ui_images[i]->width, ui_images[i]->height); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2601 } |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2602 #endif |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2603 } |
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2604 } |
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2605 |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2606 static void style_init(void) |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2607 { |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2608 context->style.checkbox.padding.x = render_height() / 120; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2609 context->style.checkbox.padding.y = render_height() / 120; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2610 context->style.checkbox.border = render_height() / 240; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2611 context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.type = NK_STYLE_ITEM_COLOR; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2612 context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color = (struct nk_color){ |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2613 .r = 255, .g = 128, .b = 0, .a = 255 |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2614 }; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2615 context->style.checkbox.cursor_hover = context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal; |
1854
58b6f5d918f4
Minor improvements to keyboard navigation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1853
diff
changeset
|
2616 context->style.property.inc_button.text_hover = (struct nk_color){ |
58b6f5d918f4
Minor improvements to keyboard navigation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1853
diff
changeset
|
2617 .r = 255, .g = 128, .b = 0, .a = 255 |
58b6f5d918f4
Minor improvements to keyboard navigation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1853
diff
changeset
|
2618 }; |
58b6f5d918f4
Minor improvements to keyboard navigation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1853
diff
changeset
|
2619 context->style.property.dec_button.text_hover = context->style.property.inc_button.text_hover; |
1855
92532eb6986d
Make combo boxes keyboard navigable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1854
diff
changeset
|
2620 context->style.combo.button.text_hover = context->style.property.inc_button.text_hover; |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2621 } |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2622 |
2308
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2623 static void fb_resize(void) |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2624 { |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2625 nk_rawfb_resize_fb(fb_context, NULL, render_width(), render_height(), 0); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2626 style_init(); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2627 texture_init(); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2628 } |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2629 |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2630 static void context_created(void) |
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2631 { |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2632 context = nk_sdl_init(render_get_window()); |
2308
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2633 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2634 if (render_has_gl()) { |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2635 nk_sdl_device_create(); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2636 } else { |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2637 #endif |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2638 fb_context = nk_rawfb_init(NULL, context, render_width(), render_height(), 0); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2639 render_set_ui_fb_resize_handler(fb_resize); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2640 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2641 } |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2642 #endif |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2643 style_init(); |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2644 texture_init(); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2645 } |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2646 |
1477
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2647 void show_pause_menu(void) |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2648 { |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2649 if (current_view == view_play) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2650 set_content_binding_state(0); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2651 context->style.window.background = nk_rgba(0, 0, 0, 128); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2652 context->style.window.fixed_background = nk_style_item_color(nk_rgba(0, 0, 0, 128)); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2653 current_view = view_pause; |
1841
5d10b8494b02
WIP keyboard nav for Nuklear menus
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1831
diff
changeset
|
2654 context->input.selected_widget = 0; |
1980
81df9aa2de9b
Less hacky run on audio thread mode
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1910
diff
changeset
|
2655 system_request_exit(current_system, 1); |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2656 } else if (current_system && !set_binding) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2657 clear_view_stack(); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2658 show_play_view(); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2659 } |
1477
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2660 } |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2661 |
1581
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2662 void show_play_view(void) |
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2663 { |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2664 set_content_binding_state(1); |
1581
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2665 current_view = view_play; |
1841
5d10b8494b02
WIP keyboard nav for Nuklear menus
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1831
diff
changeset
|
2666 context->input.selected_widget = 0; |
1581
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2667 } |
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2668 |
1477
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2669 static uint8_t active; |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2670 uint8_t is_nuklear_active(void) |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2671 { |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2672 return active; |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2673 } |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2674 |
1483
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2675 uint8_t is_nuklear_available(void) |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2676 { |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2677 /*if (!render_has_gl()) { |
1483
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2678 //currently no fallback if GL2 unavailable |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2679 return 0; |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2680 }*/ |
1483
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2681 char *style = tern_find_path(config, "ui\0style\0", TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2682 if (!style) { |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2683 return 1; |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2684 } |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2685 return strcmp(style, "rom") != 0; |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2686 } |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2687 |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2688 static void persist_config_exit(void) |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2689 { |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2690 if (config_dirty) { |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2691 persist_config(config); |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2692 } |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2693 } |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2694 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2695 ui_image *load_ui_image(char *name) |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2696 { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2697 uint32_t buf_size; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2698 uint8_t *buf = (uint8_t *)read_bundled_file(name, &buf_size); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2699 if (buf) { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2700 num_ui_images++; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2701 if (num_ui_images > ui_image_storage) { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2702 ui_image_storage = (ui_image_storage + 1) * 2; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2703 ui_images = realloc(ui_images, ui_image_storage * sizeof(*ui_images)); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2704 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2705 ui_image *this_image = ui_images[num_ui_images-1] = calloc(1, sizeof(ui_image)); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2706 this_image->image_data = load_png(buf, buf_size, &this_image->width, &this_image->height); |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2707 #ifdef USE_GLES |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2708 uint32_t *cur = this_image->image_data; |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2709 for (int i = 0; i < this_image->width*this_image->height; i++, cur++) |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2710 { |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2711 uint32_t pixel = *cur; |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2712 *cur = (pixel & 0xFF00FF00) | (pixel << 16 & 0xFF0000) | (pixel >> 16 & 0xFF); |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2713 } |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2714 #endif |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2715 free(buf); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2716 if (!this_image->image_data) { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2717 num_ui_images--; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2718 free(this_image); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2719 return NULL; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2720 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2721 return this_image; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2722 } else { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2723 return NULL; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2724 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2725 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2726 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2727 void blastem_nuklear_init(uint8_t file_loaded) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2728 { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2729 context = nk_sdl_init(render_get_window()); |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2730 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2731 if (render_has_gl()) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2732 nk_sdl_device_create(); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2733 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2734 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2735 fb_context = nk_rawfb_init(NULL, context, render_width(), render_height(), 0); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2736 render_set_ui_fb_resize_handler(fb_resize); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2737 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2738 } |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2739 #endif |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2740 style_init(); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2741 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2742 controller_360 = load_ui_image("images/360.png"); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2743 controller_ps4 = load_ui_image("images/ps4.png"); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2744 controller_ps4_6b = load_ui_image("images/ps4_6b.png"); |
2003
4c418ee9a9d8
Added Wii U controller image
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1980
diff
changeset
|
2745 controller_wiiu = load_ui_image("images/wiiu.png"); |
2020
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
2746 controller_gen_6b = load_ui_image("images/genesis_6b.png"); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2747 |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2748 texture_init(); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2749 |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2750 if (file_loaded) { |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2751 current_view = view_play; |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2752 } else { |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2753 current_view = view_menu; |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2754 set_content_binding_state(0); |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2755 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2756 render_set_ui_render_fun(blastem_nuklear_render); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2757 render_set_event_handler(handle_event); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2758 render_set_gl_context_handlers(context_destroyed, context_created); |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2759 char *unf = tern_find_path(config, "ui\0use_native_filechooser\0", TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2760 use_native_filechooser = unf && !strcmp(unf, "on"); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2761 |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2762 atexit(persist_config_exit); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2763 |
1477
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2764 active = 1; |
1486
a6881d0d76d0
Pause game execution when in the new UI pause menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1485
diff
changeset
|
2765 ui_idle_loop(); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2766 } |